blob: ce2a02b52aefd011dac50ef613cf046a2bd7fe3b [file] [log] [blame]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001 ----------------------
2 HAProxy
3 Configuration Manual
4 ----------------------
Willy Tarreau79158882009-06-09 11:59:08 +02005 version 1.4
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02006 willy tarreau
Willy Tarreau79158882009-06-09 11:59:08 +02007 2009/06/09
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02008
9
10This document covers the configuration language as implemented in the version
11specified above. It does not provide any hint, example or advice. For such
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +010012documentation, please refer to the Reference Manual or the Architecture Manual.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020013The summary below is meant to help you search sections by name and navigate
14through the document.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +020015
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020016Note to documentation contributors :
17 This document is formated with 80 columns per line, with even number of
18 spaces for indentation and without tabs. Please follow these rules strictly
19 so that it remains easily printable everywhere. If a line needs to be
20 printed verbatim and does not fit, please end each line with a backslash
21 ('\') and continue on next line. If you add sections, please update the
22 summary below for easier searching.
23
24
25Summary
26-------
27
281. Quick reminder about HTTP
291.1. The HTTP transaction model
301.2. HTTP request
311.2.1. The Request line
321.2.2. The request headers
331.3. HTTP response
341.3.1. The Response line
351.3.2. The response headers
36
372. Configuring HAProxy
382.1. Configuration file format
392.2. Time format
40
413. Global parameters
423.1. Process management and security
433.2. Performance tuning
443.3. Debugging
45
464. Proxies
474.1. Proxy keywords matrix
484.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
49
505. Server options
51
526. HTTP header manipulation
53
547. Using ACLs
557.1. Matching integers
567.2. Matching strings
577.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
587.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
597.5. Available matching criteria
607.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
617.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
627.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
637.6. Pre-defined ACLs
647.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
65
668. Logging
678.1. Log levels
688.2. Log formats
698.2.1. Default log format
708.2.2. TCP log format
718.2.3. HTTP log format
728.3. Advanced logging options
738.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
748.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
758.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
768.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
778.4. Timing events
788.5. Session state at disconnection
798.6. Non-printable characters
808.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
818.8. Capturing HTTP headers
828.9. Examples of logs
83
849. Statistics and monitoring
859.1. CSV format
869.2. Unix Socket commands
87
88
891. Quick reminder about HTTP
90----------------------------
91
92When haproxy is running in HTTP mode, both the request and the response are
93fully analyzed and indexed, thus it becomes possible to build matching criteria
94on almost anything found in the contents.
95
96However, it is important to understand how HTTP requests and responses are
97formed, and how HAProxy decomposes them. It will then become easier to write
98correct rules and to debug existing configurations.
99
100
1011.1. The HTTP transaction model
102-------------------------------
103
104The HTTP protocol is transaction-driven. This means that each request will lead
105to one and only one response. Traditionnally, a TCP connection is established
106from the client to the server, a request is sent by the client on the
107connection, the server responds and the connection is closed. A new request
108will involve a new connection :
109
110 [CON1] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [CLO1] [CON2] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO2] ...
111
112In this mode, called the "HTTP close" mode, there are as many connection
113establishments as there are HTTP transactions. Since the connection is closed
114by the server after the response, the client does not need to know the content
115length.
116
117Due to the transactional nature of the protocol, it was possible to improve it
118to avoid closing a connection between two subsequent transactions. In this mode
119however, it is mandatory that the server indicates the content length for each
120response so that the client does not wait indefinitely. For this, a special
121header is used: "Content-length". This mode is called the "keep-alive" mode :
122
123 [CON] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO] ...
124
125Its advantages are a reduced latency between transactions, and less processing
126power required on the server side. It is generally better than the close mode,
127but not always because the clients often limit their concurrent connections to
128a smaller value. HAProxy currently does not support the HTTP keep-alive mode,
129but knows how to transform it to the close mode.
130
131A last improvement in the communications is the pipelining mode. It still uses
132keep-alive, but the client does not wait for the first response to send the
133second request. This is useful for fetching large number of images composing a
134page :
135
136 [CON] [REQ1] [REQ2] ... [RESP1] [RESP2] [CLO] ...
137
138This can obviously have a tremendous benefit on performance because the network
139latency is eliminated between subsequent requests. Many HTTP agents do not
140correctly support pipelining since there is no way to associate a response with
141the corresponding request in HTTP. For this reason, it is mandatory for the
142server to reply in the exact same order as the requests were received.
143
144Right now, HAProxy only supports the first mode (HTTP close) if it needs to
145process the request. This means that for each request, there will be one TCP
146connection. If keep-alive or pipelining are required, HAProxy will still
147support them, but will only see the first request and the first response of
148each transaction. While this is generally problematic with regards to logs,
149content switching or filtering, it most often causes no problem for persistence
150with cookie insertion.
151
152
1531.2. HTTP request
154-----------------
155
156First, let's consider this HTTP request :
157
158 Line Contents
159 number
160 1 GET /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 HTTP/1.1
161 2 Host: www.mydomain.com
162 3 User-agent: my small browser
163 4 Accept: image/jpeg, image/gif
164 5 Accept: image/png
165
166
1671.2.1. The Request line
168-----------------------
169
170Line 1 is the "request line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
171
172 - a METHOD : GET
173 - a URI : /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
174 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
175
176All of them are delimited by what the standard calls LWS (linear white spaces),
177which are commonly spaces, but can also be tabs or line feeds/carriage returns
178followed by spaces/tabs. The method itself cannot contain any colon (':') and
179is limited to alphabetic letters. All those various combinations make it
180desirable that HAProxy performs the splitting itself rather than leaving it to
181the user to write a complex or inaccurate regular expression.
182
183The URI itself can have several forms :
184
185 - A "relative URI" :
186
187 /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
188
189 It is a complete URL without the host part. This is generally what is
190 received by servers, reverse proxies and transparent proxies.
191
192 - An "absolute URI", also called a "URL" :
193
194 http://192.168.0.12:8080/serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
195
196 It is composed of a "scheme" (the protocol name followed by '://'), a host
197 name or address, optionally a colon (':') followed by a port number, then
198 a relative URI beginning at the first slash ('/') after the address part.
199 This is generally what proxies receive, but a server supporting HTTP/1.1
200 must accept this form too.
201
202 - a star ('*') : this form is only accepted in association with the OPTIONS
203 method and is not relayable. It is used to inquiry a next hop's
204 capabilities.
205
206 - an address:port combination : 192.168.0.12:80
207 This is used with the CONNECT method, which is used to establish TCP
208 tunnels through HTTP proxies, generally for HTTPS, but sometimes for
209 other protocols too.
210
211In a relative URI, two sub-parts are identified. The part before the question
212mark is called the "path". It is typically the relative path to static objects
213on the server. The part after the question mark is called the "query string".
214It is mostly used with GET requests sent to dynamic scripts and is very
215specific to the language, framework or application in use.
216
217
2181.2.2. The request headers
219--------------------------
220
221The headers start at the second line. They are composed of a name at the
222beginning of the line, immediately followed by a colon (':'). Traditionally,
223an LWS is added after the colon but that's not required. Then come the values.
224Multiple identical headers may be folded into one single line, delimiting the
225values with commas, provided that their order is respected. This is commonly
226encountered in the "Cookie:" field. A header may span over multiple lines if
227the subsequent lines begin with an LWS. In the example in 1.2, lines 4 and 5
228define a total of 3 values for the "Accept:" header.
229
230Contrary to a common mis-conception, header names are not case-sensitive, and
231their values are not either if they refer to other header names (such as the
232"Connection:" header).
233
234The end of the headers is indicated by the first empty line. People often say
235that it's a double line feed, which is not exact, even if a double line feed
236is one valid form of empty line.
237
238Fortunately, HAProxy takes care of all these complex combinations when indexing
239headers, checking values and counting them, so there is no reason to worry
240about the way they could be written, but it is important not to accuse an
241application of being buggy if it does unusual, valid things.
242
243Important note:
244 As suggested by RFC2616, HAProxy normalizes headers by replacing line breaks
245 in the middle of headers by LWS in order to join multi-line headers. This
246 is necessary for proper analysis and helps less capable HTTP parsers to work
247 correctly and not to be fooled by such complex constructs.
248
249
2501.3. HTTP response
251------------------
252
253An HTTP response looks very much like an HTTP request. Both are called HTTP
254messages. Let's consider this HTTP response :
255
256 Line Contents
257 number
258 1 HTTP/1.1 200 OK
259 2 Content-length: 350
260 3 Content-Type: text/html
261
262
2631.3.1. The Response line
264------------------------
265
266Line 1 is the "response line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
267
268 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
269 - a status code : 200
270 - a reason : OK
271
272The status code is always 3-digit. The first digit indicates a general status :
273 - 2xx = OK, content is following (eg: 200, 206)
274 - 3xx = OK, no content following (eg: 302, 304)
275 - 4xx = error caused by the client (eg: 401, 403, 404)
276 - 5xx = error caused by the server (eg: 500, 502, 503)
277
278Please refer to RFC2616 for the detailed meaning of all such codes. The
279"reason" field is just a hint, but is not parsed by clients. Anything can be
280found there, but it's a common practice to respect the well-established
281messages. It can be composed of one or multiple words, such as "OK", "Found",
282or "Authentication Required".
283
284Haproxy may emit the following status codes by itself :
285
286 Code When / reason
287 200 access to stats page, and when replying to monitoring requests
288 301 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
289 302 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
290 303 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
291 400 for an invalid or too large request
292 401 when an authentication is required to perform the action (when
293 accessing the stats page)
294 403 when a request is forbidden by a "block" ACL or "reqdeny" filter
295 408 when the request timeout strikes before the request is complete
296 500 when haproxy encounters an unrecoverable internal error, such as a
297 memory allocation failure, which should never happen
298 502 when the server returns an empty, invalid or incomplete response, or
299 when an "rspdeny" filter blocks the response.
300 503 when no server was available to handle the request, or in response to
301 monitoring requests which match the "monitor fail" condition
302 504 when the response timeout strikes before the server responds
303
304The error 4xx and 5xx codes above may be customized (see "errorloc" in section
3054.2).
306
307
3081.3.2. The response headers
309---------------------------
310
311Response headers work exactly like request headers, and as such, HAProxy uses
312the same parsing function for both. Please refer to paragraph 1.2.2 for more
313details.
314
315
3162. Configuring HAProxy
317----------------------
318
3192.1. Configuration file format
320------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200321
322HAProxy's configuration process involves 3 major sources of parameters :
323
324 - the arguments from the command-line, which always take precedence
325 - the "global" section, which sets process-wide parameters
326 - the proxies sections which can take form of "defaults", "listen",
327 "frontend" and "backend".
328
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100329The configuration file syntax consists in lines beginning with a keyword
330referenced in this manual, optionally followed by one or several parameters
331delimited by spaces. If spaces have to be entered in strings, then they must be
332preceeded by a backslash ('\') to be escaped. Backslashes also have to be
333escaped by doubling them.
334
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200335
3362.2. Time format
337----------------
338
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100339Some parameters involve values representating time, such as timeouts. These
340values are generally expressed in milliseconds (unless explicitly stated
341otherwise) but may be expressed in any other unit by suffixing the unit to the
342numeric value. It is important to consider this because it will not be repeated
343for every keyword. Supported units are :
344
345 - us : microseconds. 1 microsecond = 1/1000000 second
346 - ms : milliseconds. 1 millisecond = 1/1000 second. This is the default.
347 - s : seconds. 1s = 1000ms
348 - m : minutes. 1m = 60s = 60000ms
349 - h : hours. 1h = 60m = 3600s = 3600000ms
350 - d : days. 1d = 24h = 1440m = 86400s = 86400000ms
351
352
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003533. Global parameters
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200354--------------------
355
356Parameters in the "global" section are process-wide and often OS-specific. They
357are generally set once for all and do not need being changed once correct. Some
358of them have command-line equivalents.
359
360The following keywords are supported in the "global" section :
361
362 * Process management and security
363 - chroot
364 - daemon
365 - gid
366 - group
367 - log
368 - nbproc
369 - pidfile
370 - uid
371 - ulimit-n
372 - user
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200373 - stats
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200374
375 * Performance tuning
376 - maxconn
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100377 - maxpipes
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200378 - noepoll
379 - nokqueue
380 - nopoll
381 - nosepoll
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100382 - nosplice
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200383 - spread-checks
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100384 - tune.maxaccept
385 - tune.maxpollevents
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200386
387 * Debugging
388 - debug
389 - quiet
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200390
391
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003923.1. Process management and security
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200393------------------------------------
394
395chroot <jail dir>
396 Changes current directory to <jail dir> and performs a chroot() there before
397 dropping privileges. This increases the security level in case an unknown
398 vulnerability would be exploited, since it would make it very hard for the
399 attacker to exploit the system. This only works when the process is started
400 with superuser privileges. It is important to ensure that <jail_dir> is both
401 empty and unwritable to anyone.
402
403daemon
404 Makes the process fork into background. This is the recommended mode of
405 operation. It is equivalent to the command line "-D" argument. It can be
406 disabled by the command line "-db" argument.
407
408gid <number>
409 Changes the process' group ID to <number>. It is recommended that the group
410 ID is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
411 be started with a user belonging to this group, or with superuser privileges.
412 See also "group" and "uid".
413
414group <group name>
415 Similar to "gid" but uses the GID of group name <group name> from /etc/group.
416 See also "gid" and "user".
417
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200418log <address> <facility> [max level [min level]]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200419 Adds a global syslog server. Up to two global servers can be defined. They
420 will receive logs for startups and exits, as well as all logs from proxies
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100421 configured with "log global".
422
423 <address> can be one of:
424
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100425 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon and a UDP port. If
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100426 no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the standard syslog
427 port).
428
429 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
430 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible inside
431 the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is appropriately
432 writeable).
433
434 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200435
436 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
437 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
438 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
439
440 An optional level can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By default,
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200441 all messages are sent. If a maximum level is specified, only messages with a
442 severity at least as important as this level will be sent. An optional minimum
443 level can be specified. If it is set, logs emitted with a more severe level
444 than this one will be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending
445 "emerg" messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
446 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200447
448 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
449
450nbproc <number>
451 Creates <number> processes when going daemon. This requires the "daemon"
452 mode. By default, only one process is created, which is the recommended mode
453 of operation. For systems limited to small sets of file descriptors per
454 process, it may be needed to fork multiple daemons. USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES
455 IS HARDER TO DEBUG AND IS REALLY DISCOURAGED. See also "daemon".
456
457pidfile <pidfile>
458 Writes pids of all daemons into file <pidfile>. This option is equivalent to
459 the "-p" command line argument. The file must be accessible to the user
460 starting the process. See also "daemon".
461
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200462stats socket <path> [{uid | user} <uid>] [{gid | group} <gid>] [mode <mode>]
463 Creates a UNIX socket in stream mode at location <path>. Any previously
464 existing socket will be backed up then replaced. Connections to this socket
465 will get a CSV-formated output of the process statistics in response to the
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100466 "show stat" command followed by a line feed, more general process information
467 in response to the "show info" command followed by a line feed, and a
468 complete list of all existing sessions in response to the "show sess" command
469 followed by a line feed.
Willy Tarreaua8efd362008-01-03 10:19:15 +0100470
471 On platforms which support it, it is possible to restrict access to this
472 socket by specifying numerical IDs after "uid" and "gid", or valid user and
473 group names after the "user" and "group" keywords. It is also possible to
474 restrict permissions on the socket by passing an octal value after the "mode"
475 keyword (same syntax as chmod). Depending on the platform, the permissions on
476 the socket will be inherited from the directory which hosts it, or from the
477 user the process is started with.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200478
479stats timeout <timeout, in milliseconds>
480 The default timeout on the stats socket is set to 10 seconds. It is possible
481 to change this value with "stats timeout". The value must be passed in
Willy Tarreaubefdff12007-12-02 22:27:38 +0100482 milliseconds, or be suffixed by a time unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200483
484stats maxconn <connections>
485 By default, the stats socket is limited to 10 concurrent connections. It is
486 possible to change this value with "stats maxconn".
487
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200488uid <number>
489 Changes the process' user ID to <number>. It is recommended that the user ID
490 is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
491 be started with superuser privileges in order to be able to switch to another
492 one. See also "gid" and "user".
493
494ulimit-n <number>
495 Sets the maximum number of per-process file-descriptors to <number>. By
496 default, it is automatically computed, so it is recommended not to use this
497 option.
498
499user <user name>
500 Similar to "uid" but uses the UID of user name <user name> from /etc/passwd.
501 See also "uid" and "group".
502
503
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005043.2. Performance tuning
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200505-----------------------
506
507maxconn <number>
508 Sets the maximum per-process number of concurrent connections to <number>. It
509 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-n". Proxies will stop accepting
510 connections when this limit is reached. The "ulimit-n" parameter is
511 automatically adjusted according to this value. See also "ulimit-n".
512
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100513maxpipes <number>
514 Sets the maximum per-process number of pipes to <number>. Currently, pipes
515 are only used by kernel-based tcp splicing. Since a pipe contains two file
516 descriptors, the "ulimit-n" value will be increased accordingly. The default
517 value is maxconn/4, which seems to be more than enough for most heavy usages.
518 The splice code dynamically allocates and releases pipes, and can fall back
519 to standard copy, so setting this value too low may only impact performance.
520
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200521noepoll
522 Disables the use of the "epoll" event polling system on Linux. It is
523 equivalent to the command-line argument "-de". The next polling system
524 used will generally be "poll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
525
526nokqueue
527 Disables the use of the "kqueue" event polling system on BSD. It is
528 equivalent to the command-line argument "-dk". The next polling system
529 used will generally be "poll". See also "nopoll".
530
531nopoll
532 Disables the use of the "poll" event polling system. It is equivalent to the
533 command-line argument "-dp". The next polling system used will be "select".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100534 It should never be needed to disable "poll" since it's available on all
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200535 platforms supported by HAProxy. See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll" and
536 "nokqueue".
537
538nosepoll
539 Disables the use of the "speculative epoll" event polling system on Linux. It
540 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-ds". The next polling system
541 used will generally be "epoll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
542
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100543nosplice
544 Disables the use of kernel tcp splicing between sockets on Linux. It is
545 equivalent to the command line argument "-dS". Data will then be copied
546 using conventional and more portable recv/send calls. Kernel tcp splicing is
547 limited to some very recent instances of kernel 2.6. Most verstions between
548 2.6.25 and 2.6.28 are buggy and will forward corrupted data, so they must not
549 be used. This option makes it easier to globally disable kernel splicing in
550 case of doubt. See also "option splice-auto", "option splice-request" and
551 "option splice-response".
552
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200553spread-checks <0..50, in percent>
554 Sometimes it is desirable to avoid sending health checks to servers at exact
555 intervals, for instance when many logical servers are located on the same
556 physical server. With the help of this parameter, it becomes possible to add
557 some randomness in the check interval between 0 and +/- 50%. A value between
558 2 and 5 seems to show good results. The default value remains at 0.
559
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100560tune.maxaccept <number>
561 Sets the maximum number of consecutive accepts that a process may perform on
562 a single wake up. High values give higher priority to high connection rates,
563 while lower values give higher priority to already established connections.
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100564 This value is limited to 100 by default in single process mode. However, in
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100565 multi-process mode (nbproc > 1), it defaults to 8 so that when one process
566 wakes up, it does not take all incoming connections for itself and leaves a
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100567 part of them to other processes. Setting this value to -1 completely disables
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100568 the limitation. It should normally not be needed to tweak this value.
569
570tune.maxpollevents <number>
571 Sets the maximum amount of events that can be processed at once in a call to
572 the polling system. The default value is adapted to the operating system. It
573 has been noticed that reducing it below 200 tends to slightly decrease
574 latency at the expense of network bandwidth, and increasing it above 200
575 tends to trade latency for slightly increased bandwidth.
576
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200577
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005783.3. Debugging
579--------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200580
581debug
582 Enables debug mode which dumps to stdout all exchanges, and disables forking
583 into background. It is the equivalent of the command-line argument "-d". It
584 should never be used in a production configuration since it may prevent full
585 system startup.
586
587quiet
588 Do not display any message during startup. It is equivalent to the command-
589 line argument "-q".
590
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200591
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005924. Proxies
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200593----------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100594
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200595Proxy configuration can be located in a set of sections :
596 - defaults <name>
597 - frontend <name>
598 - backend <name>
599 - listen <name>
600
601A "defaults" section sets default parameters for all other sections following
602its declaration. Those default parameters are reset by the next "defaults"
603section. See below for the list of parameters which can be set in a "defaults"
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100604section. The name is optional but its use is encouraged for better readability.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200605
606A "frontend" section describes a set of listening sockets accepting client
607connections.
608
609A "backend" section describes a set of servers to which the proxy will connect
610to forward incoming connections.
611
612A "listen" section defines a complete proxy with its frontend and backend
613parts combined in one section. It is generally useful for TCP-only traffic.
614
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100615All proxy names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits,
616'-' (dash), '_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are
617case-sensitive, which means that "www" and "WWW" are two different proxies.
618
619Historically, all proxy names could overlap, it just caused troubles in the
620logs. Since the introduction of content switching, it is mandatory that two
621proxies with overlapping capabilities (frontend/backend) have different names.
622However, it is still permitted that a frontend and a backend share the same
623name, as this configuration seems to be commonly encountered.
624
625Right now, two major proxy modes are supported : "tcp", also known as layer 4,
626and "http", also known as layer 7. In layer 4 mode, HAProxy simply forwards
627bidirectionnal traffic between two sides. In layer 7 mode, HAProxy analyzes the
628protocol, and can interact with it by allowing, blocking, switching, adding,
629modifying, or removing arbitrary contents in requests or responses, based on
630arbitrary criteria.
631
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100632
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006334.1. Proxy keywords matrix
634--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100635
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200636The following list of keywords is supported. Most of them may only be used in a
637limited set of section types. Some of them are marked as "deprecated" because
638they are inherited from an old syntax which may be confusing or functionally
639limited, and there are new recommended keywords to replace them. Keywords
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200640listed with [no] can be optionally inverted using the "no" prefix, eg. "no
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200641option contstats". This makes sense when the option has been enabled by default
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200642and must be disabled for a specific instance. Such options may also be prefixed
643with "default" in order to restore default settings regardless of what has been
644specified in a previous "defaults" section.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100645
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200646
647keyword defaults frontend listen backend
648----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
649acl - X X X
650appsession - - X X
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100651backlog X X X -
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100652balance X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200653bind - X X -
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +0100654bind-process X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200655block - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100656capture cookie - X X -
657capture request header - X X -
658capture response header - X X -
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100659clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100660contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200661cookie X - X X
662default_backend - X X -
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100663disabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200664dispatch - - X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100665enabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200666errorfile X X X X
667errorloc X X X X
668errorloc302 X X X X
669errorloc303 X X X X
670fullconn X - X X
671grace - X X X
Willy Tarreaudbc36f62007-11-30 12:29:11 +0100672http-check disable-on-404 X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200673log X X X X
674maxconn X X X -
675mode X X X X
Willy Tarreauc7246fc2007-12-02 17:31:20 +0100676monitor fail - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200677monitor-net X X X -
678monitor-uri X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100679[no] option abortonclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +0200680[no] option accept-invalid-
681 http-request X X X -
682[no] option accept-invalid-
683 http-response X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100684[no] option allbackups X - X X
685[no] option checkcache X - X X
686[no] option clitcpka X X X -
687[no] option contstats X X X -
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200688[no] option dontlog-normal X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100689[no] option dontlognull X X X -
690[no] option forceclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200691option forwardfor X X X X
692option httpchk X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100693[no] option httpclose X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200694option httplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200695[no] option http_proxy X X X X
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200696[no] option log-separate-
697 errors X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100698[no] option logasap X X X -
699[no] option nolinger X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200700option originalto X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100701[no] option persist X - X X
702[no] option redispatch X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200703option smtpchk X - X X
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100704[no] option splice-auto X X X X
705[no] option splice-request X X X X
706[no] option splice-response X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100707[no] option srvtcpka X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200708option ssl-hello-chk X - X X
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +0200709[no] option tcp-smart-
710 accept X X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200711option tcpka X X X X
712option tcplog X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100713[no] option tcpsplice X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100714[no] option transparent X - X X
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +0100715rate-limit sessions X X X -
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200716redirect - X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100717redisp X - X X (deprecated)
718redispatch X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200719reqadd - X X X
720reqallow - X X X
721reqdel - X X X
722reqdeny - X X X
723reqiallow - X X X
724reqidel - X X X
725reqideny - X X X
726reqipass - X X X
727reqirep - X X X
728reqisetbe - X X X
729reqitarpit - X X X
730reqpass - X X X
731reqrep - X X X
732reqsetbe - X X X
733reqtarpit - X X X
734retries X - X X
735rspadd - X X X
736rspdel - X X X
737rspdeny - X X X
738rspidel - X X X
739rspideny - X X X
740rspirep - X X X
741rsprep - X X X
742server - - X X
743source X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100744srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200745stats auth X - X X
746stats enable X - X X
747stats realm X - X X
Willy Tarreaubbd42122007-07-25 07:26:38 +0200748stats refresh X - X X
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200749stats scope X - X X
750stats uri X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzkid9db9272007-10-15 10:05:11 +0200751stats hide-version X - X X
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200752tcp-request content accept - X X -
753tcp-request content reject - X X -
754tcp-request inspect-delay - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100755timeout check X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100756timeout client X X X -
757timeout clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
758timeout connect X - X X
759timeout contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100760timeout http-request X X X -
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100761timeout queue X - X X
762timeout server X - X X
763timeout srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau51c9bde2008-01-06 13:40:03 +0100764timeout tarpit X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100765transparent X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200766use_backend - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200767----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
768keyword defaults frontend listen backend
769
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100770
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02007714.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
772---------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100773
774This section provides a description of each keyword and its usage.
775
776
777acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
778 Declare or complete an access list.
779 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
780 no | yes | yes | yes
781 Example:
782 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
783 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
784 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
785
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200786 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100787
788
789appsession <cookie> len <length> timeout <holdtime>
790 Define session stickiness on an existing application cookie.
791 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
792 no | no | yes | yes
793 Arguments :
794 <cookie> this is the name of the cookie used by the application and which
795 HAProxy will have to learn for each new session.
796
797 <length> this is the number of characters that will be memorized and
798 checked in each cookie value.
799
800 <holdtime> this is the time after which the cookie will be removed from
801 memory if unused. If no unit is specified, this time is in
802 milliseconds.
803
804 When an application cookie is defined in a backend, HAProxy will check when
805 the server sets such a cookie, and will store its value in a table, and
806 associate it with the server's identifier. Up to <length> characters from
807 the value will be retained. On each connection, haproxy will look for this
808 cookie both in the "Cookie:" headers, and as a URL parameter in the query
809 string. If a known value is found, the client will be directed to the server
810 associated with this value. Otherwise, the load balancing algorithm is
811 applied. Cookies are automatically removed from memory when they have been
812 unused for a duration longer than <holdtime>.
813
814 The definition of an application cookie is limited to one per backend.
815
816 Example :
817 appsession JSESSIONID len 52 timeout 3h
818
819 See also : "cookie", "capture cookie" and "balance".
820
821
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100822backlog <conns>
823 Give hints to the system about the approximate listen backlog desired size
824 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
825 yes | yes | yes | no
826 Arguments :
827 <conns> is the number of pending connections. Depending on the operating
828 system, it may represent the number of already acknowledged
829 connections, of non-acknowledged ones, or both.
830
831 In order to protect against SYN flood attacks, one solution is to increase
832 the system's SYN backlog size. Depending on the system, sometimes it is just
833 tunable via a system parameter, sometimes it is not adjustable at all, and
834 sometimes the system relies on hints given by the application at the time of
835 the listen() syscall. By default, HAProxy passes the frontend's maxconn value
836 to the listen() syscall. On systems which can make use of this value, it can
837 sometimes be useful to be able to specify a different value, hence this
838 backlog parameter.
839
840 On Linux 2.4, the parameter is ignored by the system. On Linux 2.6, it is
841 used as a hint and the system accepts up to the smallest greater power of
842 two, and never more than some limits (usually 32768).
843
844 See also : "maxconn" and the target operating system's tuning guide.
845
846
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100847balance <algorithm> [ <arguments> ]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200848balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100849 Define the load balancing algorithm to be used in a backend.
850 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
851 yes | no | yes | yes
852 Arguments :
853 <algorithm> is the algorithm used to select a server when doing load
854 balancing. This only applies when no persistence information
855 is available, or when a connection is redispatched to another
856 server. <algorithm> may be one of the following :
857
858 roundrobin Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
859 This is the smoothest and fairest algorithm when the server's
860 processing time remains equally distributed. This algorithm
861 is dynamic, which means that server weights may be adjusted
862 on the fly for slow starts for instance.
863
Willy Tarreau2d2a7f82008-03-17 12:07:56 +0100864 leastconn The server with the lowest number of connections receives the
865 connection. Round-robin is performed within groups of servers
866 of the same load to ensure that all servers will be used. Use
867 of this algorithm is recommended where very long sessions are
868 expected, such as LDAP, SQL, TSE, etc... but is not very well
869 suited for protocols using short sessions such as HTTP. This
870 algorithm is dynamic, which means that server weights may be
871 adjusted on the fly for slow starts for instance.
872
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100873 source The source IP address is hashed and divided by the total
874 weight of the running servers to designate which server will
875 receive the request. This ensures that the same client IP
876 address will always reach the same server as long as no
877 server goes down or up. If the hash result changes due to the
878 number of running servers changing, many clients will be
879 directed to a different server. This algorithm is generally
880 used in TCP mode where no cookie may be inserted. It may also
881 be used on the Internet to provide a best-effort stickyness
882 to clients which refuse session cookies. This algorithm is
883 static, which means that changing a server's weight on the
884 fly will have no effect.
885
886 uri The left part of the URI (before the question mark) is hashed
887 and divided by the total weight of the running servers. The
888 result designates which server will receive the request. This
889 ensures that a same URI will always be directed to the same
890 server as long as no server goes up or down. This is used
891 with proxy caches and anti-virus proxies in order to maximize
892 the cache hit rate. Note that this algorithm may only be used
893 in an HTTP backend. This algorithm is static, which means
894 that changing a server's weight on the fly will have no
895 effect.
896
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200897 This algorithm support two optional parameters "len" and
898 "depth", both followed by a positive integer number. These
899 options may be helpful when it is needed to balance servers
900 based on the beginning of the URI only. The "len" parameter
901 indicates that the algorithm should only consider that many
902 characters at the beginning of the URI to compute the hash.
903 Note that having "len" set to 1 rarely makes sense since most
904 URIs start with a leading "/".
905
906 The "depth" parameter indicates the maximum directory depth
907 to be used to compute the hash. One level is counted for each
908 slash in the request. If both parameters are specified, the
909 evaluation stops when either is reached.
910
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100911 url_param The URL parameter specified in argument will be looked up in
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200912 the query string of each HTTP GET request.
913
914 If the modifier "check_post" is used, then an HTTP POST
915 request entity will be searched for the parameter argument,
916 when the question mark indicating a query string ('?') is not
917 present in the URL. Optionally, specify a number of octets to
918 wait for before attempting to search the message body. If the
919 entity can not be searched, then round robin is used for each
920 request. For instance, if your clients always send the LB
921 parameter in the first 128 bytes, then specify that. The
922 default is 48. The entity data will not be scanned until the
923 required number of octets have arrived at the gateway, this
924 is the minimum of: (default/max_wait, Content-Length or first
925 chunk length). If Content-Length is missing or zero, it does
926 not need to wait for more data than the client promised to
927 send. When Content-Length is present and larger than
928 <max_wait>, then waiting is limited to <max_wait> and it is
929 assumed that this will be enough data to search for the
930 presence of the parameter. In the unlikely event that
931 Transfer-Encoding: chunked is used, only the first chunk is
932 scanned. Parameter values separated by a chunk boundary, may
933 be randomly balanced if at all.
934
935 If the parameter is found followed by an equal sign ('=') and
936 a value, then the value is hashed and divided by the total
937 weight of the running servers. The result designates which
938 server will receive the request.
939
940 This is used to track user identifiers in requests and ensure
941 that a same user ID will always be sent to the same server as
942 long as no server goes up or down. If no value is found or if
943 the parameter is not found, then a round robin algorithm is
944 applied. Note that this algorithm may only be used in an HTTP
945 backend. This algorithm is static, which means that changing a
946 server's weight on the fly will have no effect.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100947
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +0100948 hdr(name) The HTTP header <name> will be looked up in each HTTP request.
949 Just as with the equivalent ACL 'hdr()' function, the header
950 name in parenthesis is not case sensitive. If the header is
951 absent or if it does not contain any value, the round-robin
952 algorithm is applied instead.
953
954 An optionnal 'use_domain_only' parameter is available, for
955 reducing the hash algorithm to the main domain part with some
956 specific headers such as 'Host'. For instance, in the Host
957 value "haproxy.1wt.eu", only "1wt" will be considered.
958
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100959 <arguments> is an optional list of arguments which may be needed by some
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200960 algorithms. Right now, only "url_param" and "uri" support an
961 optional argument.
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200962
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200963 balance uri [len <len>] [depth <depth>]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200964 balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100965
Willy Tarreau3cd9af22009-03-15 14:06:41 +0100966 The load balancing algorithm of a backend is set to roundrobin when no other
967 algorithm, mode nor option have been set. The algorithm may only be set once
968 for each backend.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100969
970 Examples :
971 balance roundrobin
972 balance url_param userid
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200973 balance url_param session_id check_post 64
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +0100974 balance hdr(User-Agent)
975 balance hdr(host)
976 balance hdr(Host) use_domain_only
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200977
978 Note: the following caveats and limitations on using the "check_post"
979 extension with "url_param" must be considered :
980
981 - all POST requests are eligable for consideration, because there is no way
982 to determine if the parameters will be found in the body or entity which
983 may contain binary data. Therefore another method may be required to
984 restrict consideration of POST requests that have no URL parameters in
985 the body. (see acl reqideny http_end)
986
987 - using a <max_wait> value larger than the request buffer size does not
988 make sense and is useless. The buffer size is set at build time, and
989 defaults to 16 kB.
990
991 - Content-Encoding is not supported, the parameter search will probably
992 fail; and load balancing will fall back to Round Robin.
993
994 - Expect: 100-continue is not supported, load balancing will fall back to
995 Round Robin.
996
997 - Transfer-Encoding (RFC2616 3.6.1) is only supported in the first chunk.
998 If the entire parameter value is not present in the first chunk, the
999 selection of server is undefined (actually, defined by how little
1000 actually appeared in the first chunk).
1001
1002 - This feature does not support generation of a 100, 411 or 501 response.
1003
1004 - In some cases, requesting "check_post" MAY attempt to scan the entire
1005 contents of a message body. Scaning normally terminates when linear
1006 white space or control characters are found, indicating the end of what
1007 might be a URL parameter list. This is probably not a concern with SGML
1008 type message bodies.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001009
1010 See also : "dispatch", "cookie", "appsession", "transparent" and "http_proxy".
1011
1012
1013bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...]
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001014bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] interface <interface>
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001015bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] transparent
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001016 Define one or several listening addresses and/or ports in a frontend.
1017 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1018 no | yes | yes | no
1019 Arguments :
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001020 <address> is optional and can be a host name, an IPv4 address, an IPv6
1021 address, or '*'. It designates the address the frontend will
1022 listen on. If unset, all IPv4 addresses of the system will be
1023 listened on. The same will apply for '*' or the system's
1024 special address "0.0.0.0".
1025
1026 <port> is the TCP port number the proxy will listen on. The port is
1027 mandatory. Note that in the case of an IPv6 address, the port
1028 is always the number after the last colon (':').
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001029
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001030 <interface> is an optional physical interface name. This is currently
1031 only supported on Linux. The interface must be a physical
1032 interface, not an aliased interface. When specified, all
1033 addresses on the same line will only be accepted if the
1034 incoming packet physically come through the designated
1035 interface. It is also possible to bind multiple frontends to
1036 the same address if they are bound to different interfaces.
1037 Note that binding to a physical interface requires root
1038 privileges.
1039
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001040 transparent is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1041 Linux kernels. It indicates that the addresses will be bound
1042 even if they do not belong to the local machine. Any packet
1043 targetting any of these addresses will be caught just as if
1044 the address was locally configured. This normally requires
1045 that IP forwarding is enabled. Caution! do not use this with
1046 the default address '*', as it would redirect any traffic for
1047 the specified port. This keyword is available only when
1048 HAProxy is built with USE_LINUX_TPROXY=1.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001049
1050 It is possible to specify a list of address:port combinations delimited by
1051 commas. The frontend will then listen on all of these addresses. There is no
1052 fixed limit to the number of addresses and ports which can be listened on in
1053 a frontend, as well as there is no limit to the number of "bind" statements
1054 in a frontend.
1055
1056 Example :
1057 listen http_proxy
1058 bind :80,:443
1059 bind 10.0.0.1:10080,10.0.0.1:10443
1060
1061 See also : "source".
1062
1063
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +01001064bind-process [ all | odd | even | <number 1-32> ] ...
1065 Limit visibility of an instance to a certain set of processes numbers.
1066 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1067 yes | yes | yes | yes
1068 Arguments :
1069 all All process will see this instance. This is the default. It
1070 may be used to override a default value.
1071
1072 odd This instance will be enabled on processes 1,3,5,...31. This
1073 option may be combined with other numbers.
1074
1075 even This instance will be enabled on processes 2,4,6,...32. This
1076 option may be combined with other numbers. Do not use it
1077 with less than 2 processes otherwise some instances might be
1078 missing from all processes.
1079
1080 number The instance will be enabled on this process number, between
1081 1 and 32. You must be careful not to reference a process
1082 number greater than the configured global.nbproc, otherwise
1083 some instances might be missing from all processes.
1084
1085 This keyword limits binding of certain instances to certain processes. This
1086 is useful in order not to have too many processes listening to the same
1087 ports. For instance, on a dual-core machine, it might make sense to set
1088 'nbproc 2' in the global section, then distributes the listeners among 'odd'
1089 and 'even' instances.
1090
1091 At the moment, it is not possible to reference more than 32 processes using
1092 this keyword, but this should be more than enough for most setups. Please
1093 note that 'all' really means all processes and is not limited to the first
1094 32.
1095
1096 If some backends are referenced by frontends bound to other processes, the
1097 backend automatically inherits the frontend's processes.
1098
1099 Example :
1100 listen app_ip1
1101 bind 10.0.0.1:80
1102 bind_process odd
1103
1104 listen app_ip2
1105 bind 10.0.0.2:80
1106 bind_process even
1107
1108 listen management
1109 bind 10.0.0.3:80
1110 bind_process 1 2 3 4
1111
1112 See also : "nbproc" in global section.
1113
1114
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001115block { if | unless } <condition>
1116 Block a layer 7 request if/unless a condition is matched
1117 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1118 no | yes | yes | yes
1119
1120 The HTTP request will be blocked very early in the layer 7 processing
1121 if/unless <condition> is matched. A 403 error will be returned if the request
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001122 is blocked. The condition has to reference ACLs (see section 7). This is
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001123 typically used to deny access to certain sensible resources if some
1124 conditions are met or not met. There is no fixed limit to the number of
1125 "block" statements per instance.
1126
1127 Example:
1128 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
1129 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
1130 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
1131 block if invalid_src || local_dst
1132
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001133 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001134
1135
1136capture cookie <name> len <length>
1137 Capture and log a cookie in the request and in the response.
1138 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1139 no | yes | yes | no
1140 Arguments :
1141 <name> is the beginning of the name of the cookie to capture. In order
1142 to match the exact name, simply suffix the name with an equal
1143 sign ('='). The full name will appear in the logs, which is
1144 useful with application servers which adjust both the cookie name
1145 and value (eg: ASPSESSIONXXXXX).
1146
1147 <length> is the maximum number of characters to report in the logs, which
1148 include the cookie name, the equal sign and the value, all in the
1149 standard "name=value" form. The string will be truncated on the
1150 right if it exceeds <length>.
1151
1152 Only the first cookie is captured. Both the "cookie" request headers and the
1153 "set-cookie" response headers are monitored. This is particularly useful to
1154 check for application bugs causing session crossing or stealing between
1155 users, because generally the user's cookies can only change on a login page.
1156
1157 When the cookie was not presented by the client, the associated log column
1158 will report "-". When a request does not cause a cookie to be assigned by the
1159 server, a "-" is reported in the response column.
1160
1161 The capture is performed in the frontend only because it is necessary that
1162 the log format does not change for a given frontend depending on the
1163 backends. This may change in the future. Note that there can be only one
1164 "capture cookie" statement in a frontend. The maximum capture length is
1165 configured in the souces by default to 64 characters. It is not possible to
1166 specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1167
1168 Example:
1169 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
1170
1171 See also : "capture request header", "capture response header" as well as
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001172 section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001173
1174
1175capture request header <name> len <length>
1176 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified request header.
1177 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1178 no | yes | yes | no
1179 Arguments :
1180 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001181 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001182 appear in the requests, with the first letter of each word in
1183 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1184 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1185
1186 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1187 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1188 it exceeds <length>.
1189
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001190 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001191 value will be added to the logs between braces ('{}'). If multiple headers
1192 are captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar ('|') and will appear
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001193 in the same order they were declared in the configuration. Non-existent
1194 headers will be logged just as an empty string. Common uses for request
1195 header captures include the "Host" field in virtual hosting environments, the
1196 "Content-length" when uploads are supported, "User-agent" to quickly
1197 differenciate between real users and robots, and "X-Forwarded-For" in proxied
1198 environments to find where the request came from.
1199
1200 Note that when capturing headers such as "User-agent", some spaces may be
1201 logged, making the log analysis more difficult. Thus be careful about what
1202 you log if you know your log parser is not smart enough to rely on the
1203 braces.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001204
1205 There is no limit to the number of captured request headers, but each capture
1206 is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent for a
1207 same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It is not
1208 possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1209
1210 Example:
1211 capture request header Host len 15
1212 capture request header X-Forwarded-For len 15
1213 capture request header Referrer len 15
1214
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001215 See also : "capture cookie", "capture response header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001216 about logging.
1217
1218
1219capture response header <name> len <length>
1220 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified response header.
1221 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1222 no | yes | yes | no
1223 Arguments :
1224 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001225 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001226 appear in the response, with the first letter of each word in
1227 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1228 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1229
1230 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1231 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1232 it exceeds <length>.
1233
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001234 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001235 result will be added to the logs between braces ('{}') after the captured
1236 request headers. If multiple headers are captured, they will be delimited by
1237 a vertical bar ('|') and will appear in the same order they were declared in
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001238 the configuration. Non-existent headers will be logged just as an empty
1239 string. Common uses for response header captures include the "Content-length"
1240 header which indicates how many bytes are expected to be returned, the
1241 "Location" header to track redirections.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001242
1243 There is no limit to the number of captured response headers, but each
1244 capture is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent
1245 for a same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It
1246 is not possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1247
1248 Example:
1249 capture response header Content-length len 9
1250 capture response header Location len 15
1251
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001252 See also : "capture cookie", "capture request header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001253 about logging.
1254
1255
1256clitimeout <timeout>
1257 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
1258 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1259 yes | yes | yes | no
1260 Arguments :
1261 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1262 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1263 as explained at the top of this document.
1264
1265 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
1266 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
1267 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
1268 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
1269 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
1270 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
1271 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
1272 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001273 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001274 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
1275 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
1276
1277 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
1278 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1279 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1280 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1281 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
1282 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1283
1284 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
1285 Please use "timeout client" instead.
1286
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01001287 See also : "timeout client", "timeout http-request", "timeout server", and
1288 "srvtimeout".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001289
1290
1291contimeout <timeout>
1292 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
1293 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1294 yes | no | yes | yes
1295 Arguments :
1296 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1297 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1298 as explained at the top of this document.
1299
1300 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001301 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001302 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
1303 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
1304 connect timeout also presets the queue timeout to the same value if this one
1305 has not been specified. Historically, the contimeout was also used to set the
1306 tarpit timeout in a listen section, which is not possible in a pure frontend.
1307
1308 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
1309 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1310 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1311 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1312 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
1313 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1314
1315 This parameter is provided for backwards compatibility but is currently
1316 deprecated. Please use "timeout connect", "timeout queue" or "timeout tarpit"
1317 instead.
1318
1319 See also : "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout tarpit",
1320 "timeout server", "contimeout".
1321
1322
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02001323cookie <name> [ rewrite | insert | prefix ] [ indirect ] [ nocache ]
1324 [ postonly ] [ domain <domain> ]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001325 Enable cookie-based persistence in a backend.
1326 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1327 yes | no | yes | yes
1328 Arguments :
1329 <name> is the name of the cookie which will be monitored, modified or
1330 inserted in order to bring persistence. This cookie is sent to
1331 the client via a "Set-Cookie" header in the response, and is
1332 brought back by the client in a "Cookie" header in all requests.
1333 Special care should be taken to choose a name which does not
1334 conflict with any likely application cookie. Also, if the same
1335 backends are subject to be used by the same clients (eg:
1336 HTTP/HTTPS), care should be taken to use different cookie names
1337 between all backends if persistence between them is not desired.
1338
1339 rewrite This keyword indicates that the cookie will be provided by the
1340 server and that haproxy will have to modify its value to set the
1341 server's identifier in it. This mode is handy when the management
1342 of complex combinations of "Set-cookie" and "Cache-control"
1343 headers is left to the application. The application can then
1344 decide whether or not it is appropriate to emit a persistence
1345 cookie. Since all responses should be monitored, this mode only
1346 works in HTTP close mode. Unless the application behaviour is
1347 very complex and/or broken, it is advised not to start with this
1348 mode for new deployments. This keyword is incompatible with
1349 "insert" and "prefix".
1350
1351 insert This keyword indicates that the persistence cookie will have to
1352 be inserted by haproxy in the responses. If the server emits a
1353 cookie with the same name, it will be replaced anyway. For this
1354 reason, this mode can be used to upgrade existing configurations
1355 running in the "rewrite" mode. The cookie will only be a session
1356 cookie and will not be stored on the client's disk. Due to
1357 caching effects, it is generally wise to add the "indirect" and
1358 "nocache" or "postonly" keywords (see below). The "insert"
1359 keyword is not compatible with "rewrite" and "prefix".
1360
1361 prefix This keyword indicates that instead of relying on a dedicated
1362 cookie for the persistence, an existing one will be completed.
1363 This may be needed in some specific environments where the client
1364 does not support more than one single cookie and the application
1365 already needs it. In this case, whenever the server sets a cookie
1366 named <name>, it will be prefixed with the server's identifier
1367 and a delimiter. The prefix will be removed from all client
1368 requests so that the server still finds the cookie it emitted.
1369 Since all requests and responses are subject to being modified,
1370 this mode requires the HTTP close mode. The "prefix" keyword is
1371 not compatible with "rewrite" and "insert".
1372
1373 indirect When this option is specified in insert mode, cookies will only
1374 be added when the server was not reached after a direct access,
1375 which means that only when a server is elected after applying a
1376 load-balancing algorithm, or after a redispatch, then the cookie
1377 will be inserted. If the client has all the required information
1378 to connect to the same server next time, no further cookie will
1379 be inserted. In all cases, when the "indirect" option is used in
1380 insert mode, the cookie is always removed from the requests
1381 transmitted to the server. The persistence mechanism then becomes
1382 totally transparent from the application point of view.
1383
1384 nocache This option is recommended in conjunction with the insert mode
1385 when there is a cache between the client and HAProxy, as it
1386 ensures that a cacheable response will be tagged non-cacheable if
1387 a cookie needs to be inserted. This is important because if all
1388 persistence cookies are added on a cacheable home page for
1389 instance, then all customers will then fetch the page from an
1390 outer cache and will all share the same persistence cookie,
1391 leading to one server receiving much more traffic than others.
1392 See also the "insert" and "postonly" options.
1393
1394 postonly This option ensures that cookie insertion will only be performed
1395 on responses to POST requests. It is an alternative to the
1396 "nocache" option, because POST responses are not cacheable, so
1397 this ensures that the persistence cookie will never get cached.
1398 Since most sites do not need any sort of persistence before the
1399 first POST which generally is a login request, this is a very
1400 efficient method to optimize caching without risking to find a
1401 persistence cookie in the cache.
1402 See also the "insert" and "nocache" options.
1403
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiefe3b6f2008-05-23 23:49:32 +02001404 domain This option allows to specify the domain at which a cookie is
1405 inserted. It requires exactly one paramater: a valid domain
1406 name.
1407
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001408 There can be only one persistence cookie per HTTP backend, and it can be
1409 declared in a defaults section. The value of the cookie will be the value
1410 indicated after the "cookie" keyword in a "server" statement. If no cookie
1411 is declared for a given server, the cookie is not set.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001412
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001413 Examples :
1414 cookie JSESSIONID prefix
1415 cookie SRV insert indirect nocache
1416 cookie SRV insert postonly indirect
1417
1418 See also : "appsession", "balance source", "capture cookie", "server".
1419
1420
1421default_backend <backend>
1422 Specify the backend to use when no "use_backend" rule has been matched.
1423 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1424 yes | yes | yes | no
1425 Arguments :
1426 <backend> is the name of the backend to use.
1427
1428 When doing content-switching between frontend and backends using the
1429 "use_backend" keyword, it is often useful to indicate which backend will be
1430 used when no rule has matched. It generally is the dynamic backend which
1431 will catch all undetermined requests.
1432
1433 The "default_backend" keyword is also supported in TCP mode frontends to
1434 facilitate the ordering of configurations in frontends and backends,
1435 eventhough it does not make much more sense in case of TCP due to the fact
1436 that use_backend currently does not work in TCP mode.
1437
1438 Example :
1439
1440 use_backend dynamic if url_dyn
1441 use_backend static if url_css url_img extension_img
1442 default_backend dynamic
1443
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001444 See also : "use_backend", "reqsetbe", "reqisetbe"
1445
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001446
1447disabled
1448 Disable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1449 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1450 yes | yes | yes | yes
1451 Arguments : none
1452
1453 The "disabled" keyword is used to disable an instance, mainly in order to
1454 liberate a listening port or to temporarily disable a service. The instance
1455 will still be created and its configuration will be checked, but it will be
1456 created in the "stopped" state and will appear as such in the statistics. It
1457 will not receive any traffic nor will it send any health-checks or logs. It
1458 is possible to disable many instances at once by adding the "disabled"
1459 keyword in a "defaults" section.
1460
1461 See also : "enabled"
1462
1463
1464enabled
1465 Enable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1466 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1467 yes | yes | yes | yes
1468 Arguments : none
1469
1470 The "enabled" keyword is used to explicitly enable an instance, when the
1471 defaults has been set to "disabled". This is very rarely used.
1472
1473 See also : "disabled"
1474
1475
1476errorfile <code> <file>
1477 Return a file contents instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1478 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1479 yes | yes | yes | yes
1480 Arguments :
1481 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1482 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1483
1484 <file> designates a file containing the full HTTP response. It is
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001485 recommended to follow the common practice of appending ".http" to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001486 the filename so that people do not confuse the response with HTML
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001487 error pages, and to use absolute paths, since files are read
1488 before any chroot is performed.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001489
1490 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1491 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1492 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1493
1494 The files are returned verbatim on the TCP socket. This allows any trick such
1495 as redirections to another URL or site, as well as tricks to clean cookies,
1496 force enable or disable caching, etc... The package provides default error
1497 files returning the same contents as default errors.
1498
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001499 The files should not exceed the configured buffer size (BUFSIZE), which
1500 generally is 8 or 16 kB, otherwise they will be truncated. It is also wise
1501 not to put any reference to local contents (eg: images) in order to avoid
1502 loops between the client and HAProxy when all servers are down, causing an
1503 error to be returned instead of an image. For better HTTP compliance, it is
1504 recommended that all header lines end with CR-LF and not LF alone.
1505
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001506 The files are read at the same time as the configuration and kept in memory.
1507 For this reason, the errors continue to be returned even when the process is
1508 chrooted, and no file change is considered while the process is running. A
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01001509 simple method for developing those files consists in associating them to the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001510 403 status code and interrogating a blocked URL.
1511
1512 See also : "errorloc", "errorloc302", "errorloc303"
1513
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001514 Example :
1515 errorfile 400 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/400badreq.http
1516 errorfile 403 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/403forbid.http
1517 errorfile 503 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/503sorry.http
1518
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001519
1520errorloc <code> <url>
1521errorloc302 <code> <url>
1522 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1523 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1524 yes | yes | yes | yes
1525 Arguments :
1526 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1527 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1528
1529 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1530 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1531 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1532 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1533 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1534
1535 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1536 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1537 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1538
1539 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 302 status code, which tells the
1540 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP method. This can be
1541 quite problematic in case of non-GET methods such as POST, because the URL
1542 sent to the client might not be allowed for something other than GET. To
1543 workaround this problem, please use "errorloc303" which send the HTTP 303
1544 status code, indicating to the client that the URL must be fetched with a GET
1545 request.
1546
1547 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc303"
1548
1549
1550errorloc303 <code> <url>
1551 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1552 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1553 yes | yes | yes | yes
1554 Arguments :
1555 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1556 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1557
1558 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1559 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1560 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1561 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1562 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1563
1564 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1565 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1566 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1567
1568 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 303 status code, which tells the
1569 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP GET method. This
1570 solves the usual problems associated with "errorloc" and the 302 code. It is
1571 possible that some very old browsers designed before HTTP/1.1 do not support
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001572 it, but no such problem has been reported till now.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001573
1574 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc", "errorloc302"
1575
1576
1577fullconn <conns>
1578 Specify at what backend load the servers will reach their maxconn
1579 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1580 yes | no | yes | yes
1581 Arguments :
1582 <conns> is the number of connections on the backend which will make the
1583 servers use the maximal number of connections.
1584
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001585 When a server has a "maxconn" parameter specified, it means that its number
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001586 of concurrent connections will never go higher. Additionally, if it has a
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001587 "minconn" parameter, it indicates a dynamic limit following the backend's
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001588 load. The server will then always accept at least <minconn> connections,
1589 never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on the ramp between both
1590 values when the backend has less than <conns> concurrent connections. This
1591 makes it possible to limit the load on the servers during normal loads, but
1592 push it further for important loads without overloading the servers during
1593 exceptionnal loads.
1594
1595 Example :
1596 # The servers will accept between 100 and 1000 concurrent connections each
1597 # and the maximum of 1000 will be reached when the backend reaches 10000
1598 # connections.
1599 backend dynamic
1600 fullconn 10000
1601 server srv1 dyn1:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1602 server srv2 dyn2:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1603
1604 See also : "maxconn", "server"
1605
1606
1607grace <time>
1608 Maintain a proxy operational for some time after a soft stop
1609 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1610 no | yes | yes | yes
1611 Arguments :
1612 <time> is the time (by default in milliseconds) for which the instance
1613 will remain operational with the frontend sockets still listening
1614 when a soft-stop is received via the SIGUSR1 signal.
1615
1616 This may be used to ensure that the services disappear in a certain order.
1617 This was designed so that frontends which are dedicated to monitoring by an
1618 external equipement fail immediately while other ones remain up for the time
1619 needed by the equipment to detect the failure.
1620
1621 Note that currently, there is very little benefit in using this parameter,
1622 and it may in fact complicate the soft-reconfiguration process more than
1623 simplify it.
1624
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001625
1626http-check disable-on-404
1627 Enable a maintenance mode upon HTTP/404 response to health-checks
1628 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001629 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001630 Arguments : none
1631
1632 When this option is set, a server which returns an HTTP code 404 will be
1633 excluded from further load-balancing, but will still receive persistent
1634 connections. This provides a very convenient method for Web administrators
1635 to perform a graceful shutdown of their servers. It is also important to note
1636 that a server which is detected as failed while it was in this mode will not
1637 generate an alert, just a notice. If the server responds 2xx or 3xx again, it
1638 will immediately be reinserted into the farm. The status on the stats page
1639 reports "NOLB" for a server in this mode. It is important to note that this
1640 option only works in conjunction with the "httpchk" option.
1641
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001642 See also : "option httpchk"
1643
1644
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001645id <value>
1646 Set a persistent value for proxy ID. Must be unique and larger than 1000, as
1647 smaller values are reserved for auto-assigned ids.
1648
1649
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001650log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001651log <address> <facility> [<level> [<minlevel>]]
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001652 Enable per-instance logging of events and traffic.
1653 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1654 yes | yes | yes | yes
1655 Arguments :
1656 global should be used when the instance's logging parameters are the
1657 same as the global ones. This is the most common usage. "global"
1658 replaces <address>, <facility> and <level> with those of the log
1659 entries found in the "global" section. Only one "log global"
1660 statement may be used per instance, and this form takes no other
1661 parameter.
1662
1663 <address> indicates where to send the logs. It takes the same format as
1664 for the "global" section's logs, and can be one of :
1665
1666 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon (':') and a UDP
1667 port. If no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the
1668 standard syslog port).
1669
1670 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
1671 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible
1672 inside the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is
1673 appropriately writeable).
1674
1675 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
1676
1677 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
1678 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
1679 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
1680
1681 <level> is optional and can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By
1682 default, all messages are sent. If a level is specified, only
1683 messages with a severity at least as important as this level
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001684 will be sent. An optional minimum level can be specified. If it
1685 is set, logs emitted with a more severe level than this one will
1686 be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending "emerg"
1687 messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
1688 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001689
1690 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
1691
1692 Note that up to two "log" entries may be specified per instance. However, if
1693 "log global" is used and if the "global" section already contains 2 log
1694 entries, then additional log entries will be ignored.
1695
1696 Also, it is important to keep in mind that it is the frontend which decides
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001697 what to log from a connection, and that in case of content switching, the log
1698 entries from the backend will be ignored. Connections are logged at level
1699 "info".
1700
1701 However, backend log declaration define how and where servers status changes
1702 will be logged. Level "notice" will be used to indicate a server going up,
1703 "warning" will be used for termination signals and definitive service
1704 termination, and "alert" will be used for when a server goes down.
1705
1706 Note : According to RFC3164, messages are truncated to 1024 bytes before
1707 being emitted.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001708
1709 Example :
1710 log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001711 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice # only send important events
1712 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice notice # same but limit output level
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001713
1714
1715maxconn <conns>
1716 Fix the maximum number of concurrent connections on a frontend
1717 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1718 yes | yes | yes | no
1719 Arguments :
1720 <conns> is the maximum number of concurrent connections the frontend will
1721 accept to serve. Excess connections will be queued by the system
1722 in the socket's listen queue and will be served once a connection
1723 closes.
1724
1725 If the system supports it, it can be useful on big sites to raise this limit
1726 very high so that haproxy manages connection queues, instead of leaving the
1727 clients with unanswered connection attempts. This value should not exceed the
1728 global maxconn. Also, keep in mind that a connection contains two buffers
1729 of 8kB each, as well as some other data resulting in about 17 kB of RAM being
1730 consumed per established connection. That means that a medium system equipped
1731 with 1GB of RAM can withstand around 40000-50000 concurrent connections if
1732 properly tuned.
1733
1734 Also, when <conns> is set to large values, it is possible that the servers
1735 are not sized to accept such loads, and for this reason it is generally wise
1736 to assign them some reasonable connection limits.
1737
1738 See also : "server", global section's "maxconn", "fullconn"
1739
1740
1741mode { tcp|http|health }
1742 Set the running mode or protocol of the instance
1743 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1744 yes | yes | yes | yes
1745 Arguments :
1746 tcp The instance will work in pure TCP mode. A full-duplex connection
1747 will be established between clients and servers, and no layer 7
1748 examination will be performed. This is the default mode. It
1749 should be used for SSL, SSH, SMTP, ...
1750
1751 http The instance will work in HTTP mode. The client request will be
1752 analyzed in depth before connecting to any server. Any request
1753 which is not RFC-compliant will be rejected. Layer 7 filtering,
1754 processing and switching will be possible. This is the mode which
1755 brings HAProxy most of its value.
1756
1757 health The instance will work in "health" mode. It will just reply "OK"
1758 to incoming connections and close the connection. Nothing will be
1759 logged. This mode is used to reply to external components health
1760 checks. This mode is deprecated and should not be used anymore as
1761 it is possible to do the same and even better by combining TCP or
1762 HTTP modes with the "monitor" keyword.
1763
1764 When doing content switching, it is mandatory that the frontend and the
1765 backend are in the same mode (generally HTTP), otherwise the configuration
1766 will be refused.
1767
1768 Example :
1769 defaults http_instances
1770 mode http
1771
1772 See also : "monitor", "monitor-net"
1773
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001774
1775monitor fail [if | unless] <condition>
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001776 Add a condition to report a failure to a monitor HTTP request.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001777 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1778 no | yes | yes | no
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001779 Arguments :
1780 if <cond> the monitor request will fail if the condition is satisfied,
1781 and will succeed otherwise. The condition should describe a
1782 combinated test which must induce a failure if all conditions
1783 are met, for instance a low number of servers both in a
1784 backend and its backup.
1785
1786 unless <cond> the monitor request will succeed only if the condition is
1787 satisfied, and will fail otherwise. Such a condition may be
1788 based on a test on the presence of a minimum number of active
1789 servers in a list of backends.
1790
1791 This statement adds a condition which can force the response to a monitor
1792 request to report a failure. By default, when an external component queries
1793 the URI dedicated to monitoring, a 200 response is returned. When one of the
1794 conditions above is met, haproxy will return 503 instead of 200. This is
1795 very useful to report a site failure to an external component which may base
1796 routing advertisements between multiple sites on the availability reported by
1797 haproxy. In this case, one would rely on an ACL involving the "nbsrv"
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001798 criterion. Note that "monitor fail" only works in HTTP mode.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001799
1800 Example:
1801 frontend www
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001802 mode http
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001803 acl site_dead nbsrv(dynamic) lt 2
1804 acl site_dead nbsrv(static) lt 2
1805 monitor-uri /site_alive
1806 monitor fail if site_dead
1807
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001808 See also : "monitor-net", "monitor-uri"
1809
1810
1811monitor-net <source>
1812 Declare a source network which is limited to monitor requests
1813 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1814 yes | yes | yes | no
1815 Arguments :
1816 <source> is the source IPv4 address or network which will only be able to
1817 get monitor responses to any request. It can be either an IPv4
1818 address, a host name, or an address followed by a slash ('/')
1819 followed by a mask.
1820
1821 In TCP mode, any connection coming from a source matching <source> will cause
1822 the connection to be immediately closed without any log. This allows another
1823 equipement to probe the port and verify that it is still listening, without
1824 forwarding the connection to a remote server.
1825
1826 In HTTP mode, a connection coming from a source matching <source> will be
1827 accepted, the following response will be sent without waiting for a request,
1828 then the connection will be closed : "HTTP/1.0 200 OK". This is normally
1829 enough for any front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and
1830 running without forwarding the request to a backend server.
1831
1832 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
1833 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
1834 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
1835 nothing more. Right now, it is not possible to set failure conditions on
1836 requests caught by "monitor-net".
1837
1838 Example :
1839 # addresses .252 and .253 are just probing us.
1840 frontend www
1841 monitor-net 192.168.0.252/31
1842
1843 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-uri"
1844
1845
1846monitor-uri <uri>
1847 Intercept a URI used by external components' monitor requests
1848 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1849 yes | yes | yes | no
1850 Arguments :
1851 <uri> is the exact URI which we want to intercept to return HAProxy's
1852 health status instead of forwarding the request.
1853
1854 When an HTTP request referencing <uri> will be received on a frontend,
1855 HAProxy will not forward it nor log it, but instead will return either
1856 "HTTP/1.0 200 OK" or "HTTP/1.0 503 Service unavailable", depending on failure
1857 conditions defined with "monitor fail". This is normally enough for any
1858 front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and running without
1859 forwarding the request to a backend server. Note that the HTTP method, the
1860 version and all headers are ignored, but the request must at least be valid
1861 at the HTTP level. This keyword may only be used with an HTTP-mode frontend.
1862
1863 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
1864 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
1865 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
1866 nothing more. However, it is possible to add any number of conditions using
1867 "monitor fail" and ACLs so that the result can be adjusted to whatever check
1868 can be imagined (most often the number of available servers in a backend).
1869
1870 Example :
1871 # Use /haproxy_test to report haproxy's status
1872 frontend www
1873 mode http
1874 monitor-uri /haproxy_test
1875
1876 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-net"
1877
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001878
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01001879option abortonclose
1880no option abortonclose
1881 Enable or disable early dropping of aborted requests pending in queues.
1882 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1883 yes | no | yes | yes
1884 Arguments : none
1885
1886 In presence of very high loads, the servers will take some time to respond.
1887 The per-instance connection queue will inflate, and the response time will
1888 increase respective to the size of the queue times the average per-session
1889 response time. When clients will wait for more than a few seconds, they will
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001890 often hit the "STOP" button on their browser, leaving a useless request in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01001891 the queue, and slowing down other users, and the servers as well, because the
1892 request will eventually be served, then aborted at the first error
1893 encountered while delivering the response.
1894
1895 As there is no way to distinguish between a full STOP and a simple output
1896 close on the client side, HTTP agents should be conservative and consider
1897 that the client might only have closed its output channel while waiting for
1898 the response. However, this introduces risks of congestion when lots of users
1899 do the same, and is completely useless nowadays because probably no client at
1900 all will close the session while waiting for the response. Some HTTP agents
1901 support this behaviour (Squid, Apache, HAProxy), and others do not (TUX, most
1902 hardware-based load balancers). So the probability for a closed input channel
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001903 to represent a user hitting the "STOP" button is close to 100%, and the risk
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01001904 of being the single component to break rare but valid traffic is extremely
1905 low, which adds to the temptation to be able to abort a session early while
1906 still not served and not pollute the servers.
1907
1908 In HAProxy, the user can choose the desired behaviour using the option
1909 "abortonclose". By default (without the option) the behaviour is HTTP
1910 compliant and aborted requests will be served. But when the option is
1911 specified, a session with an incoming channel closed will be aborted while
1912 it is still possible, either pending in the queue for a connection slot, or
1913 during the connection establishment if the server has not yet acknowledged
1914 the connection request. This considerably reduces the queue size and the load
1915 on saturated servers when users are tempted to click on STOP, which in turn
1916 reduces the response time for other users.
1917
1918 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
1919 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
1920
1921 See also : "timeout queue" and server's "maxconn" and "maxqueue" parameters
1922
1923
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +02001924option accept-invalid-http-request
1925no option accept-invalid-http-request
1926 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP request parsing
1927 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1928 yes | yes | yes | no
1929 Arguments : none
1930
1931 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
1932 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
1933 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
1934 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
1935 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
1936 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
1937 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
1938 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
1939 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
1940
1941 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
1942 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
1943 been confirmed.
1944
1945 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
1946 requests, but the complete request will be captured in order to permit later
1947 analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket. Doing this
1948 also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
1949
1950 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
1951 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
1952
1953 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-response" and "show errors" on the
1954 stats socket.
1955
1956
1957option accept-invalid-http-response
1958no option accept-invalid-http-response
1959 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP response parsing
1960 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1961 yes | no | yes | yes
1962 Arguments : none
1963
1964 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
1965 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
1966 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
1967 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
1968 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
1969 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
1970 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
1971 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
1972 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
1973
1974 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
1975 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
1976 been confirmed.
1977
1978 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
1979 responses, but the complete response will be captured in order to permit
1980 later analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket.
1981 Doing this also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
1982
1983 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
1984 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
1985
1986 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-request" and "show errors" on the
1987 stats socket.
1988
1989
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01001990option allbackups
1991no option allbackups
1992 Use either all backup servers at a time or only the first one
1993 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1994 yes | no | yes | yes
1995 Arguments : none
1996
1997 By default, the first operational backup server gets all traffic when normal
1998 servers are all down. Sometimes, it may be preferred to use multiple backups
1999 at once, because one will not be enough. When "option allbackups" is enabled,
2000 the load balancing will be performed among all backup servers when all normal
2001 ones are unavailable. The same load balancing algorithm will be used and the
2002 servers' weights will be respected. Thus, there will not be any priority
2003 order between the backup servers anymore.
2004
2005 This option is mostly used with static server farms dedicated to return a
2006 "sorry" page when an application is completely offline.
2007
2008 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2009 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2010
2011
2012option checkcache
2013no option checkcache
2014 Analyze all server responses and block requests with cachable cookies
2015 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2016 yes | no | yes | yes
2017 Arguments : none
2018
2019 Some high-level frameworks set application cookies everywhere and do not
2020 always let enough control to the developer to manage how the responses should
2021 be cached. When a session cookie is returned on a cachable object, there is a
2022 high risk of session crossing or stealing between users traversing the same
2023 caches. In some situations, it is better to block the response than to let
2024 some sensible session information go in the wild.
2025
2026 The option "checkcache" enables deep inspection of all server responses for
2027 strict compliance with HTTP specification in terms of cachability. It
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002028 carefully checks "Cache-control", "Pragma" and "Set-cookie" headers in server
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002029 response to check if there's a risk of caching a cookie on a client-side
2030 proxy. When this option is enabled, the only responses which can be delivered
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002031 to the client are :
2032 - all those without "Set-Cookie" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002033 - all those with a return code other than 200, 203, 206, 300, 301, 410,
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002034 provided that the server has not set a "Cache-control: public" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002035 - all those that come from a POST request, provided that the server has not
2036 set a 'Cache-Control: public' header ;
2037 - those with a 'Pragma: no-cache' header
2038 - those with a 'Cache-control: private' header
2039 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-store' header
2040 - those with a 'Cache-control: max-age=0' header
2041 - those with a 'Cache-control: s-maxage=0' header
2042 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache' header
2043 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie"' header
2044 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie,' header
2045 (allowing other fields after set-cookie)
2046
2047 If a response doesn't respect these requirements, then it will be blocked
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002048 just as if it was from an "rspdeny" filter, with an "HTTP 502 bad gateway".
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002049 The session state shows "PH--" meaning that the proxy blocked the response
2050 during headers processing. Additionnaly, an alert will be sent in the logs so
2051 that admins are informed that there's something to be fixed.
2052
2053 Due to the high impact on the application, the application should be tested
2054 in depth with the option enabled before going to production. It is also a
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002055 good practice to always activate it during tests, even if it is not used in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002056 production, as it will report potentially dangerous application behaviours.
2057
2058 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2059 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2060
2061
2062option clitcpka
2063no option clitcpka
2064 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the client side
2065 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2066 yes | yes | yes | no
2067 Arguments : none
2068
2069 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2070 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2071 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2072 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2073
2074 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2075 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2076 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2077 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2078
2079 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2080 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2081 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2082 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2083 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2084
2085 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2086
2087 Using option "clitcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2088 client side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2089 noticed between HAProxy and a client.
2090
2091 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2092 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2093
2094 See also : "option srvtcpka", "option tcpka"
2095
2096
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002097option contstats
2098 Enable continuous traffic statistics updates
2099 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2100 yes | yes | yes | no
2101 Arguments : none
2102
2103 By default, counters used for statistics calculation are incremented
2104 only when a session finishes. It works quite well when serving small
2105 objects, but with big ones (for example large images or archives) or
2106 with A/V streaming, a graph generated from haproxy counters looks like
2107 a hedgehog. With this option enabled counters get incremented continuously,
2108 during a whole session. Recounting touches a hotpath directly so
2109 it is not enabled by default, as it has small performance impact (~0.5%).
2110
2111
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002112option dontlog-normal
2113no option dontlog-normal
2114 Enable or disable logging of normal, successful connections
2115 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2116 yes | yes | yes | no
2117 Arguments : none
2118
2119 There are large sites dealing with several thousand connections per second
2120 and for which logging is a major pain. Some of them are even forced to turn
2121 logs off and cannot debug production issues. Setting this option ensures that
2122 normal connections, those which experience no error, no timeout, no retry nor
2123 redispatch, will not be logged. This leaves disk space for anomalies. In HTTP
2124 mode, the response status code is checked and return codes 5xx will still be
2125 logged.
2126
2127 It is strongly discouraged to use this option as most of the time, the key to
2128 complex issues is in the normal logs which will not be logged here. If you
2129 need to separate logs, see the "log-separate-errors" option instead.
2130
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002131 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "log-separate-errors" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002132 logging.
2133
2134
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002135option dontlognull
2136no option dontlognull
2137 Enable or disable logging of null connections
2138 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2139 yes | yes | yes | no
2140 Arguments : none
2141
2142 In certain environments, there are components which will regularly connect to
2143 various systems to ensure that they are still alive. It can be the case from
2144 another load balancer as well as from monitoring systems. By default, even a
2145 simple port probe or scan will produce a log. If those connections pollute
2146 the logs too much, it is possible to enable option "dontlognull" to indicate
2147 that a connection on which no data has been transferred will not be logged,
2148 which typically corresponds to those probes.
2149
2150 It is generally recommended not to use this option in uncontrolled
2151 environments (eg: internet), otherwise scans and other malicious activities
2152 would not be logged.
2153
2154 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2155 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2156
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002157 See also : "log", "monitor-net", "monitor-uri" and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002158
2159
2160option forceclose
2161no option forceclose
2162 Enable or disable active connection closing after response is transferred.
2163 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2164 yes | no | yes | yes
2165 Arguments : none
2166
2167 Some HTTP servers do not necessarily close the connections when they receive
2168 the "Connection: close" set by "option httpclose", and if the client does not
2169 close either, then the connection remains open till the timeout expires. This
2170 causes high number of simultaneous connections on the servers and shows high
2171 global session times in the logs.
2172
2173 When this happens, it is possible to use "option forceclose". It will
2174 actively close the outgoing server channel as soon as the server begins to
2175 reply and only if the request buffer is empty. Note that this should NOT be
2176 used if CONNECT requests are expected between the client and the server. This
2177 option implicitly enables the "httpclose" option.
2178
2179 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2180 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2181
2182 See also : "option httpclose"
2183
2184
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002185option forwardfor [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002186 Enable insertion of the X-Forwarded-For header to requests sent to servers
2187 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2188 yes | yes | yes | yes
2189 Arguments :
2190 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2191 matching <network>
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002192 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Forwarded-For"
2193 header name.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002194
2195 Since HAProxy works in reverse-proxy mode, the servers see its IP address as
2196 their client address. This is sometimes annoying when the client's IP address
2197 is expected in server logs. To solve this problem, the well-known HTTP header
2198 "X-Forwarded-For" may be added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server.
2199 This header contains a value representing the client's IP address. Since this
2200 header is always appended at the end of the existing header list, the server
2201 must be configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. See
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002202 the server's manual to find how to enable use of this standard header. Note
2203 that only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2204 possible that the client has already brought one.
2205
2206 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2207 the default "X-Forwarded-For". This can be useful where you might already
2208 have a "X-Forwarded-For" header from a different application (eg: stunnel),
2209 and you need preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the
2210 "X-Forwarded-For" header and requires different one (eg: Zeus Web Servers
2211 require "X-Cluster-Client-IP").
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002212
2213 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2214 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2215 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2216 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2217 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2218 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2219 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2220
2221 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002222 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2223 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2224 both are defined.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002225
2226 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2227 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2228 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2229 when using this option.
2230
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002231 Examples :
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002232 # Public HTTP address also used by stunnel on the same machine
2233 frontend www
2234 mode http
2235 option forwardfor except 127.0.0.1 # stunnel already adds the header
2236
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002237 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client
2238 backend www
2239 mode http
2240 option forwardfor header X-Client
2241
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002242 See also : "option httpclose"
2243
2244
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002245option httpchk
2246option httpchk <uri>
2247option httpchk <method> <uri>
2248option httpchk <method> <uri> <version>
2249 Enable HTTP protocol to check on the servers health
2250 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2251 yes | no | yes | yes
2252 Arguments :
2253 <method> is the optional HTTP method used with the requests. When not set,
2254 the "OPTIONS" method is used, as it generally requires low server
2255 processing and is easy to filter out from the logs. Any method
2256 may be used, though it is not recommended to invent non-standard
2257 ones.
2258
2259 <uri> is the URI referenced in the HTTP requests. It defaults to " / "
2260 which is accessible by default on almost any server, but may be
2261 changed to any other URI. Query strings are permitted.
2262
2263 <version> is the optional HTTP version string. It defaults to "HTTP/1.0"
2264 but some servers might behave incorrectly in HTTP 1.0, so turning
2265 it to HTTP/1.1 may sometimes help. Note that the Host field is
2266 mandatory in HTTP/1.1, and as a trick, it is possible to pass it
2267 after "\r\n" following the version string.
2268
2269 By default, server health checks only consist in trying to establish a TCP
2270 connection. When "option httpchk" is specified, a complete HTTP request is
2271 sent once the TCP connection is established, and responses 2xx and 3xx are
2272 considered valid, while all other ones indicate a server failure, including
2273 the lack of any response.
2274
2275 The port and interval are specified in the server configuration.
2276
2277 This option does not necessarily require an HTTP backend, it also works with
2278 plain TCP backends. This is particularly useful to check simple scripts bound
2279 to some dedicated ports using the inetd daemon.
2280
2281 Examples :
2282 # Relay HTTPS traffic to Apache instance and check service availability
2283 # using HTTP request "OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1" on port 80.
2284 backend https_relay
2285 mode tcp
Willy Tarreauebaf21a2008-03-21 20:17:14 +01002286 option httpchk OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1\r\nHost:\ www
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002287 server apache1 192.168.1.1:443 check port 80
2288
2289 See also : "option ssl-hello-chk", "option smtpchk", "http-check" and the
2290 "check", "port" and "interval" server options.
2291
2292
2293option httpclose
2294no option httpclose
2295 Enable or disable passive HTTP connection closing
2296 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2297 yes | yes | yes | yes
2298 Arguments : none
2299
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002300 As stated in section 1, HAProxy does not yes support the HTTP keep-alive
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002301 mode. So by default, if a client communicates with a server in this mode, it
2302 will only analyze, log, and process the first request of each connection. To
2303 workaround this limitation, it is possible to specify "option httpclose". It
2304 will check if a "Connection: close" header is already set in each direction,
2305 and will add one if missing. Each end should react to this by actively
2306 closing the TCP connection after each transfer, thus resulting in a switch to
2307 the HTTP close mode. Any "Connection" header different from "close" will also
2308 be removed.
2309
2310 It seldom happens that some servers incorrectly ignore this header and do not
2311 close the connection eventough they reply "Connection: close". For this
2312 reason, they are not compatible with older HTTP 1.0 browsers. If this
2313 happens it is possible to use the "option forceclose" which actively closes
2314 the request connection once the server responds.
2315
2316 This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if
2317 at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled.
2318 If "option forceclose" is specified too, it has precedence over "httpclose".
2319
2320 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2321 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2322
2323 See also : "option forceclose"
2324
2325
2326option httplog
2327 Enable logging of HTTP request, session state and timers
2328 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2329 yes | yes | yes | yes
2330 Arguments : none
2331
2332 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
2333 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
2334 "option httplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including,
2335 but not limited to, the HTTP request, the connection timers, the session
2336 status, the connections numbers, the captured headers and cookies, the
2337 frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source address and
2338 ports.
2339
2340 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
2341
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002342 See also : section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002343
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002344
2345option http_proxy
2346no option http_proxy
2347 Enable or disable plain HTTP proxy mode
2348 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2349 yes | yes | yes | yes
2350 Arguments : none
2351
2352 It sometimes happens that people need a pure HTTP proxy which understands
2353 basic proxy requests without caching nor any fancy feature. In this case,
2354 it may be worth setting up an HAProxy instance with the "option http_proxy"
2355 set. In this mode, no server is declared, and the connection is forwarded to
2356 the IP address and port found in the URL after the "http://" scheme.
2357
2358 No host address resolution is performed, so this only works when pure IP
2359 addresses are passed. Since this option's usage perimeter is rather limited,
2360 it will probably be used only by experts who know they need exactly it. Last,
2361 if the clients are susceptible of sending keep-alive requests, it will be
2362 needed to add "option http_close" to ensure that all requests will correctly
2363 be analyzed.
2364
2365 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2366 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2367
2368 Example :
2369 # this backend understands HTTP proxy requests and forwards them directly.
2370 backend direct_forward
2371 option httpclose
2372 option http_proxy
2373
2374 See also : "option httpclose"
2375
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002376
2377option log-separate-errors
2378no option log-separate-errors
2379 Change log level for non-completely successful connections
2380 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2381 yes | yes | yes | no
2382 Arguments : none
2383
2384 Sometimes looking for errors in logs is not easy. This option makes haproxy
2385 raise the level of logs containing potentially interesting information such
2386 as errors, timeouts, retries, redispatches, or HTTP status codes 5xx. The
2387 level changes from "info" to "err". This makes it possible to log them
2388 separately to a different file with most syslog daemons. Be careful not to
2389 remove them from the original file, otherwise you would lose ordering which
2390 provides very important information.
2391
2392 Using this option, large sites dealing with several thousand connections per
2393 second may log normal traffic to a rotating buffer and only archive smaller
2394 error logs.
2395
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002396 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "dontlog-normal" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002397 logging.
2398
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002399
2400option logasap
2401no option logasap
2402 Enable or disable early logging of HTTP requests
2403 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2404 yes | yes | yes | no
2405 Arguments : none
2406
2407 By default, HTTP requests are logged upon termination so that the total
2408 transfer time and the number of bytes appear in the logs. When large objects
2409 are being transferred, it may take a while before the request appears in the
2410 logs. Using "option logasap", the request gets logged as soon as the server
2411 sends the complete headers. The only missing information in the logs will be
2412 the total number of bytes which will indicate everything except the amount
2413 of data transferred, and the total time which will not take the transfer
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002414 time into account. In such a situation, it's a good practice to capture the
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002415 "Content-Length" response header so that the logs at least indicate how many
2416 bytes are expected to be transferred.
2417
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01002418 Examples :
2419 listen http_proxy 0.0.0.0:80
2420 mode http
2421 option httplog
2422 option logasap
2423 log 192.168.2.200 local3
2424
2425 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
2426 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
2427 static/srv1 9/10/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/1/1/1/0 1/0 \
2428 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
2429
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002430 See also : "option httplog", "capture response header", and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002431 logging.
2432
2433
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002434option nolinger
2435no option nolinger
2436 Enable or disable immediate session ressource cleaning after close
2437 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2438 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002439 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002440
2441 When clients or servers abort connections in a dirty way (eg: they are
2442 physically disconnected), the session timeouts triggers and the session is
2443 closed. But it will remain in FIN_WAIT1 state for some time in the system,
2444 using some resources and possibly limiting the ability to establish newer
2445 connections.
2446
2447 When this happens, it is possible to activate "option nolinger" which forces
2448 the system to immediately remove any socket's pending data on close. Thus,
2449 the session is instantly purged from the system's tables. This usually has
2450 side effects such as increased number of TCP resets due to old retransmits
2451 getting immediately rejected. Some firewalls may sometimes complain about
2452 this too.
2453
2454 For this reason, it is not recommended to use this option when not absolutely
2455 needed. You know that you need it when you have thousands of FIN_WAIT1
2456 sessions on your system (TIME_WAIT ones do not count).
2457
2458 This option may be used both on frontends and backends, depending on the side
2459 where it is required. Use it on the frontend for clients, and on the backend
2460 for servers.
2461
2462 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2463 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2464
2465
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002466option originalto [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
2467 Enable insertion of the X-Original-To header to requests sent to servers
2468 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2469 yes | yes | yes | yes
2470 Arguments :
2471 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2472 matching <network>
2473 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Original-To"
2474 header name.
2475
2476 Since HAProxy can work in transparent mode, every request from a client can
2477 be redirected to the proxy and HAProxy itself can proxy every request to a
2478 complex SQUID environment and the destination host from SO_ORIGINAL_DST will
2479 be lost. This is annoying when you want access rules based on destination ip
2480 addresses. To solve this problem, a new HTTP header "X-Original-To" may be
2481 added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server. This header contains a
2482 value representing the original destination IP address. Since this must be
2483 configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. Note that
2484 only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2485 possible that the client has already brought one.
2486
2487 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2488 the default "X-Original-To". This can be useful where you might already
2489 have a "X-Original-To" header from a different application, and you need
2490 preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the "X-Original-To"
2491 header and requires different one.
2492
2493 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2494 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2495 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2496 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2497 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2498 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2499 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2500
2501 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
2502 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2503 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2504 both are defined.
2505
2506 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2507 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2508 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2509 when using this option.
2510
2511 Examples :
2512 # Original Destination address
2513 frontend www
2514 mode http
2515 option originalto except 127.0.0.1
2516
2517 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client-Dst
2518 backend www
2519 mode http
2520 option originalto header X-Client-Dst
2521
2522 See also : "option httpclose"
2523
2524
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002525option persist
2526no option persist
2527 Enable or disable forced persistence on down servers
2528 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2529 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002530 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002531
2532 When an HTTP request reaches a backend with a cookie which references a dead
2533 server, by default it is redispatched to another server. It is possible to
2534 force the request to be sent to the dead server first using "option persist"
2535 if absolutely needed. A common use case is when servers are under extreme
2536 load and spend their time flapping. In this case, the users would still be
2537 directed to the server they opened the session on, in the hope they would be
2538 correctly served. It is recommended to use "option redispatch" in conjunction
2539 with this option so that in the event it would not be possible to connect to
2540 the server at all (server definitely dead), the client would finally be
2541 redirected to another valid server.
2542
2543 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2544 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2545
2546 See also : "option redispatch", "retries"
2547
2548
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002549option redispatch
2550no option redispatch
2551 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
2552 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2553 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002554 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002555
2556 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
2557 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
2558 be able to access the service anymore.
2559
2560 Specifying "option redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their
2561 persistence and redistribute them to a working server.
2562
2563 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
2564 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
2565 value.
2566
2567 This form is the preferred form, which replaces both the "redispatch" and
2568 "redisp" keywords.
2569
2570 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2571 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2572
2573 See also : "redispatch", "retries"
2574
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002575
2576option smtpchk
2577option smtpchk <hello> <domain>
2578 Use SMTP health checks for server testing
2579 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2580 yes | no | yes | yes
2581 Arguments :
2582 <hello> is an optional argument. It is the "hello" command to use. It can
2583 be either "HELO" (for SMTP) or "EHLO" (for ESTMP). All other
2584 values will be turned into the default command ("HELO").
2585
2586 <domain> is the domain name to present to the server. It may only be
2587 specified (and is mandatory) if the hello command has been
2588 specified. By default, "localhost" is used.
2589
2590 When "option smtpchk" is set, the health checks will consist in TCP
2591 connections followed by an SMTP command. By default, this command is
2592 "HELO localhost". The server's return code is analyzed and only return codes
2593 starting with a "2" will be considered as valid. All other responses,
2594 including a lack of response will constitute an error and will indicate a
2595 dead server.
2596
2597 This test is meant to be used with SMTP servers or relays. Depending on the
2598 request, it is possible that some servers do not log each connection attempt,
2599 so you may want to experiment to improve the behaviour. Using telnet on port
2600 25 is often easier than adjusting the configuration.
2601
2602 Most often, an incoming SMTP server needs to see the client's IP address for
2603 various purposes, including spam filtering, anti-spoofing and logging. When
2604 possible, it is often wise to masquerade the client's IP address when
2605 connecting to the server using the "usesrc" argument of the "source" keyword,
2606 which requires the cttproxy feature to be compiled in.
2607
2608 Example :
2609 option smtpchk HELO mydomain.org
2610
2611 See also : "option httpchk", "source"
2612
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002613
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +01002614option splice-auto
2615no option splice-auto
2616 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets in both directions
2617 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2618 yes | yes | yes | yes
2619 Arguments : none
2620
2621 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2622 will automatically evaluate the opportunity to use kernel tcp splicing to
2623 forward data between the client and the server, in either direction. Haproxy
2624 uses heuristics to estimate if kernel splicing might improve performance or
2625 not. Both directions are handled independantly. Note that the heuristics used
2626 are not much aggressive in order to limit excessive use of splicing. This
2627 option requires splicing to be enabled at compile time, and may be globally
2628 disabled with the global option "nosplice". Since splice uses pipes, using it
2629 requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2630
2631 Important note: kernel-based TCP splicing is a Linux-specific feature which
2632 first appeared in kernel 2.6.25. It offers kernel-based acceleration to
2633 transfer data between sockets without copying these data to user-space, thus
2634 providing noticeable performance gains and CPU cycles savings. Since many
2635 early implementations are buggy, corrupt data and/or are inefficient, this
2636 feature is not enabled by default, and it should be used with extreme care.
2637 While it is not possible to detect the correctness of an implementation,
2638 2.6.29 is the first version offering a properly working implementation. In
2639 case of doubt, splicing may be globally disabled using the global "nosplice"
2640 keyword.
2641
2642 Example :
2643 option splice-auto
2644
2645 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2646 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2647
2648 See also : "option splice-request", "option splice-response", and global
2649 options "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2650
2651
2652option splice-request
2653no option splice-request
2654 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for requests
2655 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2656 yes | yes | yes | yes
2657 Arguments : none
2658
2659 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2660 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
2661 the client to the server. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
2662 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
2663 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
2664 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2665
2666 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
2667
2668 Example :
2669 option splice-request
2670
2671 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2672 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2673
2674 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-response", and global options
2675 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2676
2677
2678option splice-response
2679no option splice-response
2680 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for responses
2681 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2682 yes | yes | yes | yes
2683 Arguments : none
2684
2685 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2686 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
2687 the server to the client. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
2688 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
2689 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
2690 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2691
2692 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
2693
2694 Example :
2695 option splice-response
2696
2697 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2698 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2699
2700 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-request", and global options
2701 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2702
2703
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002704option srvtcpka
2705no option srvtcpka
2706 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the server side
2707 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2708 yes | no | yes | yes
2709 Arguments : none
2710
2711 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2712 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2713 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2714 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2715
2716 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2717 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2718 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2719 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2720
2721 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2722 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2723 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2724 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2725 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2726
2727 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2728
2729 Using option "srvtcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2730 server side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2731 noticed between HAProxy and a server.
2732
2733 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2734 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2735
2736 See also : "option clitcpka", "option tcpka"
2737
2738
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002739option ssl-hello-chk
2740 Use SSLv3 client hello health checks for server testing
2741 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2742 yes | no | yes | yes
2743 Arguments : none
2744
2745 When some SSL-based protocols are relayed in TCP mode through HAProxy, it is
2746 possible to test that the server correctly talks SSL instead of just testing
2747 that it accepts the TCP connection. When "option ssl-hello-chk" is set, pure
2748 SSLv3 client hello messages are sent once the connection is established to
2749 the server, and the response is analyzed to find an SSL server hello message.
2750 The server is considered valid only when the response contains this server
2751 hello message.
2752
2753 All servers tested till there correctly reply to SSLv3 client hello messages,
2754 and most servers tested do not even log the requests containing only hello
2755 messages, which is appreciable.
2756
2757 See also: "option httpchk"
2758
2759
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02002760option tcp-smart-accept
2761no option tcp-smart-accept
2762 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the accept sequence
2763 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2764 yes | yes | yes | no
2765 Arguments : none
2766
2767 When an HTTP connection request comes in, the system acknowledges it on
2768 behalf of HAProxy, then the client immediately sends its request, and the
2769 system acknowledges it too while it is notifying HAProxy about the new
2770 connection. HAProxy then reads the request and responds. This means that we
2771 have one TCP ACK sent by the system for nothing, because the request could
2772 very well be acknowledged by HAProxy when it sends its response.
2773
2774 For this reason, in HTTP mode, HAProxy automatically asks the system to avoid
2775 sending this useless ACK on platforms which support it (currently at least
2776 Linux). It must not cause any problem, because the system will send it anyway
2777 after 40 ms if the response takes more time than expected to come.
2778
2779 During complex network debugging sessions, it may be desirable to disable
2780 this optimization because delayed ACKs can make troubleshooting more complex
2781 when trying to identify where packets are delayed. It is then possible to
2782 fall back to normal behaviour by specifying "no option tcp-smart-accept".
2783
2784 It is also possible to force it for non-HTTP proxies by simply specifying
2785 "option tcp-smart-accept". For instance, it can make sense with some services
2786 such as SMTP where the server speaks first.
2787
2788 It is recommended to avoid forcing this option in a defaults section. In case
2789 of doubt, consider setting it back to automatic values by prepending the
2790 "default" keyword before it, or disabling it using the "no" keyword.
2791
Willy Tarreaud88edf22009-06-14 15:48:17 +02002792 See also : "option tcp-smart-connect"
2793
2794
2795option tcp-smart-connect
2796no option tcp-smart-connect
2797 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the connect sequence
2798 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2799 yes | no | yes | yes
2800 Arguments : none
2801
2802 On certain systems (at least Linux), HAProxy can ask the kernel not to
2803 immediately send an empty ACK upon a connection request, but to directly
2804 send the buffer request instead. This saves one packet on the network and
2805 thus boosts performance. It can also be useful for some servers, because they
2806 immediately get the request along with the incoming connection.
2807
2808 This feature is enabled when "option tcp-smart-connect" is set in a backend.
2809 It is not enabled by default because it makes network troubleshooting more
2810 complex.
2811
2812 It only makes sense to enable it with protocols where the client speaks first
2813 such as HTTP. In other situations, if there is no data to send in place of
2814 the ACK, a normal ACK is sent.
2815
2816 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2817 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2818
2819 See also : "option tcp-smart-accept"
2820
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02002821
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002822option tcpka
2823 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on both sides
2824 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2825 yes | yes | yes | yes
2826 Arguments : none
2827
2828 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2829 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2830 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2831 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2832
2833 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2834 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2835 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2836 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2837
2838 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2839 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2840 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2841 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2842 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2843
2844 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2845
2846 Using option "tcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on both
2847 the client and server sides of a connection. Note that this is meaningful
2848 only in "defaults" or "listen" sections. If this option is used in a
2849 frontend, only the client side will get keep-alives, and if this option is
2850 used in a backend, only the server side will get keep-alives. For this
2851 reason, it is strongly recommended to explicitly use "option clitcpka" and
2852 "option srvtcpka" when the configuration is split between frontends and
2853 backends.
2854
2855 See also : "option clitcpka", "option srvtcpka"
2856
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002857
2858option tcplog
2859 Enable advanced logging of TCP connections with session state and timers
2860 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2861 yes | yes | yes | yes
2862 Arguments : none
2863
2864 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
2865 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
2866 "option tcplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including, but
2867 not limited to, the connection timers, the session status, the connections
2868 numbers, the frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source
2869 address and ports. This option is useful for pure TCP proxies in order to
2870 find which of the client or server disconnects or times out. For normal HTTP
2871 proxies, it's better to use "option httplog" which is even more complete.
2872
2873 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
2874
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002875 See also : "option httplog", and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002876
2877
2878option tcpsplice [ experimental ]
2879 Enable linux kernel-based acceleration of data relaying
2880 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2881 yes | yes | yes | yes
2882 Arguments : none
2883
2884 This option is only available when HAProxy has been built for use on Linux
2885 with USE_TCPSPLICE=1. This option requires a kernel patch which is available
2886 on http://www.linux-l7sw.org/.
2887
2888 When "option tcpsplice" is set, as soon as the server's response headers have
2889 been transferred, the session handling is transferred to the kernel which
2890 will forward all subsequent data from the server to the client untill the
2891 session closes. This leads to much faster data transfers between client and
2892 server since the data is not copied twice between kernel and user space, but
2893 there are some limitations such as the lack of information about the number
2894 of bytes transferred and the total transfer time.
2895
2896 This is an experimental feature. It happens to reliably work but issues
2897 caused by corner cases are to be expected.
2898
2899 Note that this option requires that the process permanently runs with
2900 CAP_NETADMIN privileges, which most often translates into running as root.
2901
2902
2903option transparent
2904no option transparent
2905 Enable client-side transparent proxying
2906 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01002907 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002908 Arguments : none
2909
2910 This option was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer 3
2911 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
2912 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
2913 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
2914 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
2915 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
2916 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
2917 appropriate server.
2918
2919 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
2920 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
2921
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002922 See also: the "usersrc" argument of the "source" keyword, and the
2923 "transparent" option of the "bind" keyword.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01002924
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002925
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +01002926rate-limit sessions <rate>
2927 Set a limit on the number of new sessions accepted per second on a frontend
2928 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2929 yes | yes | yes | no
2930 Arguments :
2931 <rate> The <rate> parameter is an integer designating the maximum number
2932 of new sessions per second to accept on the frontend.
2933
2934 When the frontend reaches the specified number of new sessions per second, it
2935 stops accepting new connections until the rate drops below the limit again.
2936 During this time, the pending sessions will be kept in the socket's backlog
2937 (in system buffers) and haproxy will not even be aware that sessions are
2938 pending. When applying very low limit on a highly loaded service, it may make
2939 sense to increase the socket's backlog using the "backlog" keyword.
2940
2941 This feature is particularly efficient at blocking connection-based attacks
2942 or service abuse on fragile servers. Since the session rate is measured every
2943 millisecond, it is extremely accurate. Also, the limit applies immediately,
2944 no delay is needed at all to detect the threshold.
2945
2946 Example : limit the connection rate on SMTP to 10 per second max
2947 listen smtp
2948 mode tcp
2949 bind :25
2950 rate-limit sessions 10
2951 server 127.0.0.1:1025
2952
2953 Note : when the maximum rate is reached, the frontend's status appears as
2954 "FULL" in the statistics, exactly as when it is saturated.
2955
2956 See also : the "backlog" keyword and the "fe_sess_rate" ACL criterion.
2957
2958
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01002959redirect location <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition>
2960redirect prefix <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition>
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02002961 Return an HTTP redirection if/unless a condition is matched
2962 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2963 no | yes | yes | yes
2964
2965 If/unless the condition is matched, the HTTP request will lead to a redirect
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01002966 response.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02002967
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01002968 Arguments :
2969 <to> With "redirect location", the exact value in <to> is placed into
2970 the HTTP "Location" header. In case of "redirect prefix", the
2971 "Location" header is built from the concatenation of <to> and the
2972 complete URI, including the query string, unless the "drop-query"
Willy Tarreaufe651a52008-11-19 21:15:17 +01002973 option is specified (see below). As a special case, if <to>
2974 equals exactly "/" in prefix mode, then nothing is inserted
2975 before the original URI. It allows one to redirect to the same
2976 URL.
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01002977
2978 <code> The code is optional. It indicates which type of HTTP redirection
2979 is desired. Only codes 301, 302 and 303 are supported, and 302 is
2980 used if no code is specified. 301 means "Moved permanently", and
2981 a browser may cache the Location. 302 means "Moved permanently"
2982 and means that the browser should not cache the redirection. 303
2983 is equivalent to 302 except that the browser will fetch the
2984 location with a GET method.
2985
2986 <option> There are several options which can be specified to adjust the
2987 expected behaviour of a redirection :
2988
2989 - "drop-query"
2990 When this keyword is used in a prefix-based redirection, then the
2991 location will be set without any possible query-string, which is useful
2992 for directing users to a non-secure page for instance. It has no effect
2993 with a location-type redirect.
2994
2995 - "set-cookie NAME[=value]"
2996 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "=value")
2997 to the response. This is sometimes used to indicate that a user has
2998 been seen, for instance to protect against some types of DoS. No other
2999 cookie option is added, so the cookie will be a session cookie. Note
3000 that for a browser, a sole cookie name without an equal sign is
3001 different from a cookie with an equal sign.
3002
3003 - "clear-cookie NAME[=]"
3004 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "="), but
3005 with the "Max-Age" attribute set to zero. This will tell the browser to
3006 delete this cookie. It is useful for instance on logout pages. It is
3007 important to note that clearing the cookie "NAME" will not remove a
3008 cookie set with "NAME=value". You have to clear the cookie "NAME=" for
3009 that, because the browser makes the difference.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003010
3011 Example: move the login URL only to HTTPS.
3012 acl clear dst_port 80
3013 acl secure dst_port 8080
3014 acl login_page url_beg /login
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003015 acl logout url_beg /logout
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003016 acl uid_given url_reg /login?userid=[^&]+
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003017 acl cookie_set hdr_sub(cookie) SEEN=1
3018
3019 redirect prefix https://mysite.com set-cookie SEEN=1 if !cookie_set
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003020 redirect prefix https://mysite.com if login_page !secure
3021 redirect prefix http://mysite.com drop-query if login_page !uid_given
3022 redirect location http://mysite.com/ if !login_page secure
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003023 redirect location / clear-cookie USERID= if logout
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003024
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003025 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003026
3027
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003028redisp (deprecated)
3029redispatch (deprecated)
3030 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
3031 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3032 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003033 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003034
3035 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
3036 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
3037 be able to access the service anymore.
3038
3039 Specifying "redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their persistence and
3040 redistribute them to a working server.
3041
3042 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
3043 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
3044 value.
3045
3046 This form is deprecated, do not use it in any new configuration, use the new
3047 "option redispatch" instead.
3048
3049 See also : "option redispatch"
3050
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003051
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003052reqadd <string>
3053 Add a header at the end of the HTTP request
3054 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3055 no | yes | yes | yes
3056 Arguments :
3057 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3058 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003059 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003060
3061 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3062 the last header of an HTTP request.
3063
3064 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3065 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3066 responses.
3067
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003068 See also: "rspadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003069
3070
3071reqallow <search>
3072reqiallow <search> (ignore case)
3073 Definitely allow an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3074 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3075 no | yes | yes | yes
3076 Arguments :
3077 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3078 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3079 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3080 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3081 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3082 "reqallow" keyword strictly matches case while "reqiallow"
3083 ignores case.
3084
3085 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3086 <search> will mark the request as allowed, even if any later test would
3087 result in a deny. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3088 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3089 header names are not.
3090
3091 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3092 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3093
3094 Example :
3095 # allow www.* but refuse *.local
3096 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3097 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3098
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003099 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003100 manipulation
3101
3102
3103reqdel <search>
3104reqidel <search> (ignore case)
3105 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP request
3106 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3107 no | yes | yes | yes
3108 Arguments :
3109 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3110 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3111 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3112 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3113 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqdel"
3114 keyword strictly matches case while "reqidel" ignores case.
3115
3116 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request
3117 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3118 and/or dangerous headers or cookies from a request before passing it to the
3119 next servers.
3120
3121 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3122 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3123 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3124
3125 Example :
3126 # remove X-Forwarded-For header and SERVER cookie
3127 reqidel ^X-Forwarded-For:.*
3128 reqidel ^Cookie:.*SERVER=
3129
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003130 See also: "reqadd", "reqrep", "rspdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003131 manipulation
3132
3133
3134reqdeny <search>
3135reqideny <search> (ignore case)
3136 Deny an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3137 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3138 no | yes | yes | yes
3139 Arguments :
3140 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3141 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3142 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3143 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3144 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3145 "reqdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "reqideny" ignores
3146 case.
3147
3148 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3149 <search> will mark the request as denied, even if any later test would
3150 result in an allow. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3151 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3152 header names are not.
3153
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003154 A denied request will generate an "HTTP 403 forbidden" response once the
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003155 complete request has been parsed. This is consistent with what is practiced
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003156 using ACLs.
3157
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003158 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3159 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3160
3161 Example :
3162 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*
3163 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3164 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3165
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003166 See also: "reqallow", "rspdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003167 header manipulation
3168
3169
3170reqpass <search>
3171reqipass <search> (ignore case)
3172 Ignore any HTTP request line matching a regular expression in next rules
3173 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3174 no | yes | yes | yes
3175 Arguments :
3176 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3177 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3178 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3179 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3180 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3181 "reqpass" keyword strictly matches case while "reqipass" ignores
3182 case.
3183
3184 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3185 <search> will skip next rules, without assigning any deny or allow verdict.
3186 The test applies both to the request line and to request headers. Keep in
3187 mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3188
3189 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3190 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3191
3192 Example :
3193 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*, but ignore "www.private.local"
3194 reqipass ^Host:\ www.private\.local
3195 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3196 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3197
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003198 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003199 header manipulation
3200
3201
3202reqrep <search> <string>
3203reqirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3204 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP request line
3205 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3206 no | yes | yes | yes
3207 Arguments :
3208 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3209 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3210 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3211 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3212 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqrep"
3213 keyword strictly matches case while "reqirep" ignores case.
3214
3215 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3216 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3217 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3218 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003219 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003220
3221 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request (both
3222 the request line and header lines) will be completely replaced with <string>.
3223 Most common use of this is to rewrite URLs or domain names in "Host" headers.
3224
3225 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3226 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3227 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3228 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that URLs in
3229 request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3230
3231 Example :
3232 # replace "/static/" with "/" at the beginning of any request path.
3233 reqrep ^([^\ ]*)\ /static/(.*) \1\ /\2
3234 # replace "www.mydomain.com" with "www" in the host name.
3235 reqirep ^Host:\ www.mydomain.com Host:\ www
3236
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003237 See also: "reqadd", "reqdel", "rsprep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003238 manipulation
3239
3240
3241reqtarpit <search>
3242reqitarpit <search> (ignore case)
3243 Tarpit an HTTP request containing a line matching a regular expression
3244 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3245 no | yes | yes | yes
3246 Arguments :
3247 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3248 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3249 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3250 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3251 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3252 "reqtarpit" keyword strictly matches case while "reqitarpit"
3253 ignores case.
3254
3255 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3256 <search> will be tarpitted, which means that it will connect to nowhere, will
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003257 be kept open for a pre-defined time, then will return an HTTP error 500 so
3258 that the attacker does not suspect it has been tarpitted. The status 500 will
3259 be reported in the logs, but the completion flags will indicate "PT". The
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003260 delay is defined by "timeout tarpit", or "timeout connect" if the former is
3261 not set.
3262
3263 The goal of the tarpit is to slow down robots attacking servers with
3264 identifiable requests. Many robots limit their outgoing number of connections
3265 and stay connected waiting for a reply which can take several minutes to
3266 come. Depending on the environment and attack, it may be particularly
3267 efficient at reducing the load on the network and firewalls.
3268
3269 Example :
3270 # ignore user-agents reporting any flavour of "Mozilla" or "MSIE", but
3271 # block all others.
3272 reqipass ^User-Agent:\.*(Mozilla|MSIE)
3273 reqitarpit ^User-Agent:
3274
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003275 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "reqpass", and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003276 manipulation
3277
3278
Willy Tarreaue5c5ce92008-06-20 17:27:19 +02003279retries <value>
3280 Set the number of retries to perform on a server after a connection failure
3281 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3282 yes | no | yes | yes
3283 Arguments :
3284 <value> is the number of times a connection attempt should be retried on
3285 a server when a connection either is refused or times out. The
3286 default value is 3.
3287
3288 It is important to understand that this value applies to the number of
3289 connection attempts, not full requests. When a connection has effectively
3290 been established to a server, there will be no more retry.
3291
3292 In order to avoid immediate reconnections to a server which is restarting,
3293 a turn-around timer of 1 second is applied before a retry occurs.
3294
3295 When "option redispatch" is set, the last retry may be performed on another
3296 server even if a cookie references a different server.
3297
3298 See also : "option redispatch"
3299
3300
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003301rspadd <string>
3302 Add a header at the end of the HTTP response
3303 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3304 no | yes | yes | yes
3305 Arguments :
3306 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3307 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003308 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003309
3310 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3311 the last header of an HTTP response.
3312
3313 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3314 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3315 responses.
3316
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003317 See also: "reqadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003318
3319
3320rspdel <search>
3321rspidel <search> (ignore case)
3322 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP response
3323 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3324 no | yes | yes | yes
3325 Arguments :
3326 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3327 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3328 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3329 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3330 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3331 The "rspdel" keyword strictly matches case while "rspidel"
3332 ignores case.
3333
3334 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response
3335 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3336 and/or sensible headers or cookies from a response before passing it to the
3337 client.
3338
3339 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3340 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3341 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3342
3343 Example :
3344 # remove the Server header from responses
3345 reqidel ^Server:.*
3346
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003347 See also: "rspadd", "rsprep", "reqdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003348 manipulation
3349
3350
3351rspdeny <search>
3352rspideny <search> (ignore case)
3353 Block an HTTP response if a line matches a regular expression
3354 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3355 no | yes | yes | yes
3356 Arguments :
3357 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3358 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3359 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3360 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3361 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3362 The "rspdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "rspideny"
3363 ignores case.
3364
3365 A response containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3366 <search> will mark the request as denied. The test applies both to the
3367 response line and to response headers. Keep in mind that header names are not
3368 case-sensitive.
3369
3370 Main use of this keyword is to prevent sensitive information leak and to
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003371 block the response before it reaches the client. If a response is denied, it
3372 will be replaced with an HTTP 502 error so that the client never retrieves
3373 any sensitive data.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003374
3375 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3376 Rspdeny should be avoided in new designs.
3377
3378 Example :
3379 # Ensure that no content type matching ms-word will leak
3380 rspideny ^Content-type:\.*/ms-word
3381
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003382 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003383 manipulation
3384
3385
3386rsprep <search> <string>
3387rspirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3388 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP response line
3389 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3390 no | yes | yes | yes
3391 Arguments :
3392 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3393 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3394 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3395 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3396 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3397 The "rsprep" keyword strictly matches case while "rspirep"
3398 ignores case.
3399
3400 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3401 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3402 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3403 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003404 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003405
3406 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response (both
3407 the response line and header lines) will be completely replaced with
3408 <string>. Most common use of this is to rewrite Location headers.
3409
3410 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3411 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3412 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3413 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that header names
3414 are not case-sensitive.
3415
3416 Example :
3417 # replace "Location: 127.0.0.1:8080" with "Location: www.mydomain.com"
3418 rspirep ^Location:\ 127.0.0.1:8080 Location:\ www.mydomain.com
3419
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003420 See also: "rspadd", "rspdel", "reqrep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003421 manipulation
3422
3423
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003424server <name> <address>[:port] [param*]
3425 Declare a server in a backend
3426 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3427 no | no | yes | yes
3428 Arguments :
3429 <name> is the internal name assigned to this server. This name will
3430 appear in logs and alerts.
3431
3432 <address> is the IPv4 address of the server. Alternatively, a resolvable
3433 hostname is supported, but this name will be resolved during
3434 start-up.
3435
3436 <ports> is an optional port specification. If set, all connections will
3437 be sent to this port. If unset, the same port the client
3438 connected to will be used. The port may also be prefixed by a "+"
3439 or a "-". In this case, the server's port will be determined by
3440 adding this value to the client's port.
3441
3442 <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "server" keywords
3443 accepts an important number of options and has a complete section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003444 dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more details.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003445
3446 Examples :
3447 server first 10.1.1.1:1080 cookie first check inter 1000
3448 server second 10.1.1.2:1080 cookie second check inter 1000
3449
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003450 See also : section 5 about server options
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003451
3452
3453source <addr>[:<port>] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003454source <addr>[:<port>] [interface <name>]
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003455 Set the source address for outgoing connections
3456 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3457 yes | no | yes | yes
3458 Arguments :
3459 <addr> is the IPv4 address HAProxy will bind to before connecting to a
3460 server. This address is also used as a source for health checks.
3461 The default value of 0.0.0.0 means that the system will select
3462 the most appropriate address to reach its destination.
3463
3464 <port> is an optional port. It is normally not needed but may be useful
3465 in some very specific contexts. The default value of zero means
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02003466 the system will select a free port. Note that port ranges are not
3467 supported in the backend. If you want to force port ranges, you
3468 have to specify them on each "server" line.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003469
3470 <addr2> is the IP address to present to the server when connections are
3471 forwarded in full transparent proxy mode. This is currently only
3472 supported on some patched Linux kernels. When this address is
3473 specified, clients connecting to the server will be presented
3474 with this address, while health checks will still use the address
3475 <addr>.
3476
3477 <port2> is the optional port to present to the server when connections
3478 are forwarded in full transparent proxy mode (see <addr2> above).
3479 The default value of zero means the system will select a free
3480 port.
3481
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003482 <name> is an optional interface name to which to bind to for outgoing
3483 traffic. On systems supporting this features (currently, only
3484 Linux), this allows one to bind all traffic to the server to
3485 this interface even if it is not the one the system would select
3486 based on routing tables. This should be used with extreme care.
3487 Note that using this option requires root privileges.
3488
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003489 The "source" keyword is useful in complex environments where a specific
3490 address only is allowed to connect to the servers. It may be needed when a
3491 private address must be used through a public gateway for instance, and it is
3492 known that the system cannot determine the adequate source address by itself.
3493
3494 An extension which is available on certain patched Linux kernels may be used
3495 through the "usesrc" optional keyword. It makes it possible to connect to the
3496 servers with an IP address which does not belong to the system itself. This
3497 is called "full transparent proxy mode". For this to work, the destination
3498 servers have to route their traffic back to this address through the machine
3499 running HAProxy, and IP forwarding must generally be enabled on this machine.
3500
3501 In this "full transparent proxy" mode, it is possible to force a specific IP
3502 address to be presented to the servers. This is not much used in fact. A more
3503 common use is to tell HAProxy to present the client's IP address. For this,
3504 there are two methods :
3505
3506 - present the client's IP and port addresses. This is the most transparent
3507 mode, but it can cause problems when IP connection tracking is enabled on
3508 the machine, because a same connection may be seen twice with different
3509 states. However, this solution presents the huge advantage of not
3510 limiting the system to the 64k outgoing address+port couples, because all
3511 of the client ranges may be used.
3512
3513 - present only the client's IP address and select a spare port. This
3514 solution is still quite elegant but slightly less transparent (downstream
3515 firewalls logs will not match upstream's). It also presents the downside
3516 of limiting the number of concurrent connections to the usual 64k ports.
3517 However, since the upstream and downstream ports are different, local IP
3518 connection tracking on the machine will not be upset by the reuse of the
3519 same session.
3520
3521 Note that depending on the transparent proxy technology used, it may be
3522 required to force the source address. In fact, cttproxy version 2 requires an
3523 IP address in <addr> above, and does not support setting of "0.0.0.0" as the
3524 IP address because it creates NAT entries which much match the exact outgoing
3525 address. Tproxy version 4 and some other kernel patches which work in pure
3526 forwarding mode generally will not have this limitation.
3527
3528 This option sets the default source for all servers in the backend. It may
3529 also be specified in a "defaults" section. Finer source address specification
3530 is possible at the server level using the "source" server option. Refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003531 section 5 for more information.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003532
3533 Examples :
3534 backend private
3535 # Connect to the servers using our 192.168.1.200 source address
3536 source 192.168.1.200
3537
3538 backend transparent_ssl1
3539 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address
3540 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3541
3542 backend transparent_ssl2
3543 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address and port
3544 # not recommended if IP conntrack is present on the local machine.
3545 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc client
3546
3547 backend transparent_ssl3
3548 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address. It
3549 # is more conntrack-friendly.
3550 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3551
3552 backend transparent_smtp
3553 # Connect to the SMTP farm from the client's source address/port
3554 # with Tproxy version 4.
3555 source 0.0.0.0 usesrc clientip
3556
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003557 See also : the "source" server option in section 5, the Tproxy patches for
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003558 the Linux kernel on www.balabit.com, the "bind" keyword.
3559
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003560
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003561srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
3562 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
3563 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3564 yes | no | yes | yes
3565 Arguments :
3566 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
3567 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
3568 as explained at the top of this document.
3569
3570 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
3571 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
3572 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
3573 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
3574 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
3575 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
3576 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
3577
3578 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
3579 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
3580 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
3581 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
3582 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003583 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003584 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
3585 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
3586
3587 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
3588 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
3589 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
3590 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
3591 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
3592 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
3593
3594 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
3595 Please use "timeout server" instead.
3596
3597 See also : "timeout server", "timeout client" and "clitimeout".
3598
3599
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003600stats auth <user>:<passwd>
3601 Enable statistics with authentication and grant access to an account
3602 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3603 yes | no | yes | yes
3604 Arguments :
3605 <user> is a user name to grant access to
3606
3607 <passwd> is the cleartext password associated to this user
3608
3609 This statement enables statistics with default settings, and restricts access
3610 to declared users only. It may be repeated as many times as necessary to
3611 allow as many users as desired. When a user tries to access the statistics
3612 without a valid account, a "401 Forbidden" response will be returned so that
3613 the browser asks the user to provide a valid user and password. The real
3614 which will be returned to the browser is configurable using "stats realm".
3615
3616 Since the authentication method is HTTP Basic Authentication, the passwords
3617 circulate in cleartext on the network. Thus, it was decided that the
3618 configuration file would also use cleartext passwords to remind the users
3619 that those ones should not be sensible and not shared with any other account.
3620
3621 It is also possible to reduce the scope of the proxies which appear in the
3622 report using "stats scope".
3623
3624 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3625 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3626 unobvious parameters.
3627
3628 Example :
3629 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3630 backend public_www
3631 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3632 stats enable
3633 stats hide-version
3634 stats scope .
3635 stats uri /admin?stats
3636 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3637 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3638 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3639
3640 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3641 backend private_monitoring
3642 stats enable
3643 stats uri /admin?stats
3644 stats refresh 5s
3645
3646 See also : "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats scope", "stats uri"
3647
3648
3649stats enable
3650 Enable statistics reporting with default settings
3651 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3652 yes | no | yes | yes
3653 Arguments : none
3654
3655 This statement enables statistics reporting with default settings defined
3656 at build time. Unless stated otherwise, these settings are used :
3657 - stats uri : /haproxy?stats
3658 - stats realm : "HAProxy Statistics"
3659 - stats auth : no authentication
3660 - stats scope : no restriction
3661
3662 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3663 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3664 unobvious parameters.
3665
3666 Example :
3667 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3668 backend public_www
3669 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3670 stats enable
3671 stats hide-version
3672 stats scope .
3673 stats uri /admin?stats
3674 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3675 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3676 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3677
3678 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3679 backend private_monitoring
3680 stats enable
3681 stats uri /admin?stats
3682 stats refresh 5s
3683
3684 See also : "stats auth", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3685
3686
3687stats realm <realm>
3688 Enable statistics and set authentication realm
3689 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3690 yes | no | yes | yes
3691 Arguments :
3692 <realm> is the name of the HTTP Basic Authentication realm reported to
3693 the browser. The browser uses it to display it in the pop-up
3694 inviting the user to enter a valid username and password.
3695
3696 The realm is read as a single word, so any spaces in it should be escaped
3697 using a backslash ('\').
3698
3699 This statement is useful only in conjunction with "stats auth" since it is
3700 only related to authentication.
3701
3702 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3703 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3704 unobvious parameters.
3705
3706 Example :
3707 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3708 backend public_www
3709 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3710 stats enable
3711 stats hide-version
3712 stats scope .
3713 stats uri /admin?stats
3714 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3715 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3716 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3717
3718 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3719 backend private_monitoring
3720 stats enable
3721 stats uri /admin?stats
3722 stats refresh 5s
3723
3724 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats uri"
3725
3726
3727stats refresh <delay>
3728 Enable statistics with automatic refresh
3729 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3730 yes | no | yes | yes
3731 Arguments :
3732 <delay> is the suggested refresh delay, specified in seconds, which will
3733 be returned to the browser consulting the report page. While the
3734 browser is free to apply any delay, it will generally respect it
3735 and refresh the page this every seconds. The refresh interval may
3736 be specified in any other non-default time unit, by suffixing the
3737 unit after the value, as explained at the top of this document.
3738
3739 This statement is useful on monitoring displays with a permanent page
3740 reporting the load balancer's activity. When set, the HTML report page will
3741 include a link "refresh"/"stop refresh" so that the user can select whether
3742 he wants automatic refresh of the page or not.
3743
3744 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3745 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3746 unobvious parameters.
3747
3748 Example :
3749 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3750 backend public_www
3751 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3752 stats enable
3753 stats hide-version
3754 stats scope .
3755 stats uri /admin?stats
3756 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3757 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3758 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3759
3760 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3761 backend private_monitoring
3762 stats enable
3763 stats uri /admin?stats
3764 stats refresh 5s
3765
3766 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3767
3768
3769stats scope { <name> | "." }
3770 Enable statistics and limit access scope
3771 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3772 yes | no | yes | yes
3773 Arguments :
3774 <name> is the name of a listen, frontend or backend section to be
3775 reported. The special name "." (a single dot) designates the
3776 section in which the statement appears.
3777
3778 When this statement is specified, only the sections enumerated with this
3779 statement will appear in the report. All other ones will be hidden. This
3780 statement may appear as many times as needed if multiple sections need to be
3781 reported. Please note that the name checking is performed as simple string
3782 comparisons, and that it is never checked that a give section name really
3783 exists.
3784
3785 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3786 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3787 unobvious parameters.
3788
3789 Example :
3790 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3791 backend public_www
3792 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3793 stats enable
3794 stats hide-version
3795 stats scope .
3796 stats uri /admin?stats
3797 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3798 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3799 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3800
3801 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3802 backend private_monitoring
3803 stats enable
3804 stats uri /admin?stats
3805 stats refresh 5s
3806
3807 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3808
3809
3810stats uri <prefix>
3811 Enable statistics and define the URI prefix to access them
3812 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3813 yes | no | yes | yes
3814 Arguments :
3815 <prefix> is the prefix of any URI which will be redirected to stats. This
3816 prefix may contain a question mark ('?') to indicate part of a
3817 query string.
3818
3819 The statistics URI is intercepted on the relayed traffic, so it appears as a
3820 page within the normal application. It is strongly advised to ensure that the
3821 selected URI will never appear in the application, otherwise it will never be
3822 possible to reach it in the application.
3823
3824 The default URI compiled in haproxy is "/haproxy?stats", but this may be
3825 changed at build time, so it's better to always explictly specify it here.
3826 It is generally a good idea to include a question mark in the URI so that
3827 intermediate proxies refrain from caching the results. Also, since any string
3828 beginning with the prefix will be accepted as a stats request, the question
3829 mark helps ensuring that no valid URI will begin with the same words.
3830
3831 It is sometimes very convenient to use "/" as the URI prefix, and put that
3832 statement in a "listen" instance of its own. That makes it easy to dedicate
3833 an address or a port to statistics only.
3834
3835 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3836 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3837 unobvious parameters.
3838
3839 Example :
3840 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3841 backend public_www
3842 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3843 stats enable
3844 stats hide-version
3845 stats scope .
3846 stats uri /admin?stats
3847 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3848 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3849 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3850
3851 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3852 backend private_monitoring
3853 stats enable
3854 stats uri /admin?stats
3855 stats refresh 5s
3856
3857 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm"
3858
3859
3860stats hide-version
3861 Enable statistics and hide HAProxy version reporting
3862 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3863 yes | no | yes | yes
3864 Arguments : none
3865
3866 By default, the stats page reports some useful status information along with
3867 the statistics. Among them is HAProxy's version. However, it is generally
3868 considered dangerous to report precise version to anyone, as it can help them
3869 target known weaknesses with specific attacks. The "stats hide-version"
3870 statement removes the version from the statistics report. This is recommended
3871 for public sites or any site with a weak login/password.
3872
3873 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3874 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
3875 unobvious parameters.
3876
3877 Example :
3878 # public access (limited to this backend only)
3879 backend public_www
3880 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
3881 stats enable
3882 stats hide-version
3883 stats scope .
3884 stats uri /admin?stats
3885 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
3886 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
3887 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
3888
3889 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
3890 backend private_monitoring
3891 stats enable
3892 stats uri /admin?stats
3893 stats refresh 5s
3894
3895 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
3896
3897
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003898tcp-request content accept [{if | unless} <condition>]
3899 Accept a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
3900 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3901 no | yes | yes | no
3902
3903 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately validated if the
3904 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
3905 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
3906 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
3907 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
3908 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
3909 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
3910 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
3911
3912 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on
3913 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
3914
3915 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action already is
3916 "accept". Thus, this statement alone does not bring anything without another
3917 "reject" statement.
3918
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003919 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003920
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02003921 See also : "tcp-request content reject", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003922
3923
3924tcp-request content reject [{if | unless} <condition>]
3925 Reject a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
3926 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3927 no | yes | yes | no
3928
3929 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately rejected if the
3930 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
3931 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
3932 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
3933 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
3934 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
3935 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
3936 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
3937
3938 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on
3939 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
3940
3941 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action is set to
3942 "accept".
3943
3944 Example:
3945 # reject SMTP connection if client speaks first
3946 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
3947 acl content_present req_len gt 0
3948 tcp-request reject if content_present
3949
3950 # Forward HTTPS connection only if client speaks
3951 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
3952 acl content_present req_len gt 0
3953 tcp-request accept if content_present
3954 tcp-request reject
3955
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003956 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003957
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02003958 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003959
3960
3961tcp-request inspect-delay <timeout>
3962 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for data during content inspection
3963 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3964 no | yes | yes | no
3965 Arguments :
3966 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
3967 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
3968 as explained at the top of this document.
3969
3970 People using haproxy primarily as a TCP relay are often worried about the
3971 risk of passing any type of protocol to a server without any analysis. In
3972 order to be able to analyze the request contents, we must first withhold
3973 the data then analyze them. This statement simply enables withholding of
3974 data for at most the specified amount of time.
3975
3976 Note that when performing content inspection, haproxy will evaluate the whole
3977 rules for every new chunk which gets in, taking into account the fact that
3978 those data are partial. If no rule matches before the aforementionned delay,
3979 a last check is performed upon expiration, this time considering that the
Willy Tarreaud869b242009-03-15 14:43:58 +01003980 contents are definitive. If no delay is set, haproxy will not wait at all
3981 and will immediately apply a verdict based on the available information.
3982 Obviously this is unlikely to be very useful and might even be racy, so such
3983 setups are not recommended.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003984
3985 As soon as a rule matches, the request is released and continues as usual. If
3986 the timeout is reached and no rule matches, the default policy will be to let
3987 it pass through unaffected.
3988
3989 For most protocols, it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients
3990 send the full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to
3991 cover TCP retransmits but that's all. For some protocols, it may make sense
3992 to use large values, for instance to ensure that the client never talks
3993 before the server (eg: SMTP), or to wait for a client to talk before passing
3994 data to the server (eg: SSL). Note that the client timeout must cover at
3995 least the inspection delay, otherwise it will expire first.
3996
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02003997 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request content reject",
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02003998 "timeout client".
3999
4000
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004001timeout check <timeout>
4002 Set additional check timeout, but only after a connection has been already
4003 established.
4004
4005 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4006 yes | no | yes | yes
4007 Arguments:
4008 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4009 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4010 as explained at the top of this document.
4011
4012 If set, haproxy uses min("timeout connect", "inter") as a connect timeout
4013 for check and "timeout check" as an additional read timeout. The "min" is
4014 used so that people running with *very* long "timeout connect" (eg. those
4015 who needed this due to the queue or tarpit) do not slow down their checks.
4016 Of course it is better to use "check queue" and "check tarpit" instead of
4017 long "timeout connect".
4018
4019 If "timeout check" is not set haproxy uses "inter" for complete check
4020 timeout (connect + read) exactly like all <1.3.15 version.
4021
4022 In most cases check request is much simpler and faster to handle than normal
4023 requests and people may want to kick out laggy servers so this timeout should
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004024 be smaller than "timeout server".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004025
4026 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4027 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4028 forget about it.
4029
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004030 See also: "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout server",
4031 "timeout tarpit".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004032
4033
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004034timeout client <timeout>
4035timeout clitimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4036 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
4037 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4038 yes | yes | yes | no
4039 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004040 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004041 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4042 as explained at the top of this document.
4043
4044 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
4045 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4046 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
4047 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
4048 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
4049 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
4050 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
4051 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004052 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004053 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
4054 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
4055
4056 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
4057 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4058 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4059 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4060 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4061 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4062
4063 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "clitimeout". It is recommended
4064 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout clitimeout" is
4065 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4066
4067 See also : "clitimeout", "timeout server".
4068
4069
4070timeout connect <timeout>
4071timeout contimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4072 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
4073 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4074 yes | no | yes | yes
4075 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004076 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004077 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4078 as explained at the top of this document.
4079
4080 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004081 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004082 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
4083 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004084 connect timeout also presets both queue and tarpit timeouts to the same value
4085 if these have not been specified.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004086
4087 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4088 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4089 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4090 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4091 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
4092 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4093
4094 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "contimeout". It is recommended
4095 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout contimeout" is
4096 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4097
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004098 See also: "timeout check", "timeout queue", "timeout server", "contimeout",
4099 "timeout tarpit".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004100
4101
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004102timeout http-request <timeout>
4103 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a complete HTTP request
4104 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4105 yes | yes | yes | no
4106 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004107 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004108 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4109 as explained at the top of this document.
4110
4111 In order to offer DoS protection, it may be required to lower the maximum
4112 accepted time to receive a complete HTTP request without affecting the client
4113 timeout. This helps protecting against established connections on which
4114 nothing is sent. The client timeout cannot offer a good protection against
4115 this abuse because it is an inactivity timeout, which means that if the
4116 attacker sends one character every now and then, the timeout will not
4117 trigger. With the HTTP request timeout, no matter what speed the client
4118 types, the request will be aborted if it does not complete in time.
4119
4120 Note that this timeout only applies to the header part of the request, and
4121 not to any data. As soon as the empty line is received, this timeout is not
4122 used anymore.
4123
4124 Generally it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients send the
4125 full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to cover TCP
4126 retransmits but that's all. Setting it to very low values (eg: 50 ms) will
4127 generally work on local networks as long as there are no packet losses. This
4128 will prevent people from sending bare HTTP requests using telnet.
4129
4130 If this parameter is not set, the client timeout still applies between each
4131 chunk of the incoming request.
4132
4133 See also : "timeout client".
4134
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004135
4136timeout queue <timeout>
4137 Set the maximum time to wait in the queue for a connection slot to be free
4138 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4139 yes | no | yes | yes
4140 Arguments :
4141 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4142 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4143 as explained at the top of this document.
4144
4145 When a server's maxconn is reached, connections are left pending in a queue
4146 which may be server-specific or global to the backend. In order not to wait
4147 indefinitely, a timeout is applied to requests pending in the queue. If the
4148 timeout is reached, it is considered that the request will almost never be
4149 served, so it is dropped and a 503 error is returned to the client.
4150
4151 The "timeout queue" statement allows to fix the maximum time for a request to
4152 be left pending in a queue. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's
4153 connection timeout ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility
4154 with older versions with no "timeout queue" parameter.
4155
4156 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4157
4158
4159timeout server <timeout>
4160timeout srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4161 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
4162 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4163 yes | no | yes | yes
4164 Arguments :
4165 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4166 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4167 as explained at the top of this document.
4168
4169 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
4170 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4171 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
4172 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
4173 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
4174 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
4175 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
4176
4177 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4178 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4179 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
4180 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
4181 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004182 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004183 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
4184 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
4185
4186 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4187 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4188 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4189 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4190 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4191 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4192
4193 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "srvtimeout". It is recommended
4194 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout srvtimeout" is
4195 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4196
4197 See also : "srvtimeout", "timeout client".
4198
4199
4200timeout tarpit <timeout>
4201 Set the duration for which tapitted connections will be maintained
4202 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4203 yes | yes | yes | yes
4204 Arguments :
4205 <timeout> is the tarpit duration specified in milliseconds by default, but
4206 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4207 as explained at the top of this document.
4208
4209 When a connection is tarpitted using "reqtarpit", it is maintained open with
4210 no activity for a certain amount of time, then closed. "timeout tarpit"
4211 defines how long it will be maintained open.
4212
4213 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4214 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4215 document. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's connection timeout
4216 ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility with older versions
4217 with no "timeout tapit" parameter.
4218
4219 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4220
4221
4222transparent (deprecated)
4223 Enable client-side transparent proxying
4224 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01004225 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004226 Arguments : none
4227
4228 This keyword was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer
4229 3 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
4230 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
4231 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
4232 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
4233 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
4234 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
4235 appropriate server.
4236
4237 The "transparent" keyword is deprecated, use "option transparent" instead.
4238
4239 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
4240 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
4241
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004242 See also: "option transparent"
4243
4244
4245use_backend <backend> if <condition>
4246use_backend <backend> unless <condition>
4247 Switch to a specific backend if/unless a Layer 7 condition is matched.
4248 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4249 no | yes | yes | no
4250 Arguments :
4251 <backend> is the name of a valid backend or "listen" section.
4252
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004253 <condition> is a condition composed of ACLs, as described in section 7.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004254
4255 When doing content-switching, connections arrive on a frontend and are then
4256 dispatched to various backends depending on a number of conditions. The
4257 relation between the conditions and the backends is described with the
4258 "use_backend" keyword. This is supported only in HTTP mode.
4259
4260 There may be as many "use_backend" rules as desired. All of these rules are
4261 evaluated in their declaration order, and the first one which matches will
4262 assign the backend.
4263
4264 In the first form, the backend will be used if the condition is met. In the
4265 second form, the backend will be used if the condition is not met. If no
4266 condition is valid, the backend defined with "default_backend" will be used.
4267 If no default backend is defined, either the servers in the same section are
4268 used (in case of a "listen" section) or, in case of a frontend, no server is
4269 used and a 503 service unavailable response is returned.
4270
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004271 See also: "default_backend" and section 7 about ACLs.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004272
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004273
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020042745. Server options
4275-----------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004276
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004277The "server" keyword supports a certain number of settings which are all passed
4278as arguments on the server line. The order in which those arguments appear does
4279not count, and they are all optional. Some of those settings are single words
4280(booleans) while others expect one or several values after them. In this case,
4281the values must immediately follow the setting name. All those settings must be
4282specified after the server's address if they are used :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004283
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004284 server <name> <address>[:port] [settings ...]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004285
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004286The currently supported settings are the following ones.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004287
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004288addr <ipv4>
4289 Using the "addr" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different IP address
4290 to send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate an IP
4291 address to specific component able to perform complex tests which are more
4292 suitable to health-checks than the application. This parameter is ignored if
4293 the "check" parameter is not set. See also the "port" parameter.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004294
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004295backup
4296 When "backup" is present on a server line, the server is only used in load
4297 balancing when all other non-backup servers are unavailable. Requests coming
4298 with a persistence cookie referencing the server will always be served
4299 though. By default, only the first operational backup server is used, unless
4300 the "allbackups" option is set in the backend. See also the "allbackups"
4301 option.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004302
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004303check
4304 This option enables health checks on the server. By default, a server is
4305 always considered available. If "check" is set, the server will receive
4306 periodic health checks to ensure that it is really able to serve requests.
4307 The default address and port to send the tests to are those of the server,
4308 and the default source is the same as the one defined in the backend. It is
4309 possible to change the address using the "addr" parameter, the port using the
4310 "port" parameter, the source address using the "source" address, and the
4311 interval and timers using the "inter", "rise" and "fall" parameters. The
4312 request method is define in the backend using the "httpchk", "smtpchk",
4313 and "ssl-hello-chk" options. Please refer to those options and parameters for
4314 more information.
4315
4316cookie <value>
4317 The "cookie" parameter sets the cookie value assigned to the server to
4318 <value>. This value will be checked in incoming requests, and the first
4319 operational server possessing the same value will be selected. In return, in
4320 cookie insertion or rewrite modes, this value will be assigned to the cookie
4321 sent to the client. There is nothing wrong in having several servers sharing
4322 the same cookie value, and it is in fact somewhat common between normal and
4323 backup servers. See also the "cookie" keyword in backend section.
4324
4325fall <count>
4326 The "fall" parameter states that a server will be considered as dead after
4327 <count> consecutive unsuccessful health checks. This value defaults to 3 if
4328 unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "rise" parameters.
4329
4330id <value>
4331 Set a persistent value for server ID. Must be unique and larger than 1000, as
4332 smaller values are reserved for auto-assigned ids.
4333
4334inter <delay>
4335fastinter <delay>
4336downinter <delay>
4337 The "inter" parameter sets the interval between two consecutive health checks
4338 to <delay> milliseconds. If left unspecified, the delay defaults to 2000 ms.
4339 It is also possible to use "fastinter" and "downinter" to optimize delays
4340 between checks depending on the server state :
4341
4342 Server state | Interval used
4343 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4344 UP 100% (non-transitional) | "inter"
4345 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4346 Transitionally UP (going down), |
4347 Transitionally DOWN (going up), | "fastinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4348 or yet unchecked. |
4349 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4350 DOWN 100% (non-transitional) | "downinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4351 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4352
4353 Just as with every other time-based parameter, they can be entered in any
4354 other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The "inter" parameter also
4355 serves as a timeout for health checks sent to servers if "timeout check" is
4356 not set. In order to reduce "resonance" effects when multiple servers are
4357 hosted on the same hardware, the health-checks of all servers are started
4358 with a small time offset between them. It is also possible to add some random
4359 noise in the health checks interval using the global "spread-checks"
4360 keyword. This makes sense for instance when a lot of backends use the same
4361 servers.
4362
4363maxconn <maxconn>
4364 The "maxconn" parameter specifies the maximal number of concurrent
4365 connections that will be sent to this server. If the number of incoming
4366 concurrent requests goes higher than this value, they will be queued, waiting
4367 for a connection to be released. This parameter is very important as it can
4368 save fragile servers from going down under extreme loads. If a "minconn"
4369 parameter is specified, the limit becomes dynamic. The default value is "0"
4370 which means unlimited. See also the "minconn" and "maxqueue" parameters, and
4371 the backend's "fullconn" keyword.
4372
4373maxqueue <maxqueue>
4374 The "maxqueue" parameter specifies the maximal number of connections which
4375 will wait in the queue for this server. If this limit is reached, next
4376 requests will be redispatched to other servers instead of indefinitely
4377 waiting to be served. This will break persistence but may allow people to
4378 quickly re-log in when the server they try to connect to is dying. The
4379 default value is "0" which means the queue is unlimited. See also the
4380 "maxconn" and "minconn" parameters.
4381
4382minconn <minconn>
4383 When the "minconn" parameter is set, the maxconn limit becomes a dynamic
4384 limit following the backend's load. The server will always accept at least
4385 <minconn> connections, never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on
4386 the ramp between both values when the backend has less than <fullconn>
4387 concurrent connections. This makes it possible to limit the load on the
4388 server during normal loads, but push it further for important loads without
4389 overloading the server during exceptionnal loads. See also the "maxconn"
4390 and "maxqueue" parameters, as well as the "fullconn" backend keyword.
4391
4392port <port>
4393 Using the "port" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different port to
4394 send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate a port
4395 to a specific component able to perform complex tests which are more suitable
4396 to health-checks than the application. It is common to run a simple script in
4397 inetd for instance. This parameter is ignored if the "check" parameter is not
4398 set. See also the "addr" parameter.
4399
4400redir <prefix>
4401 The "redir" parameter enables the redirection mode for all GET and HEAD
4402 requests addressing this server. This means that instead of having HAProxy
4403 forward the request to the server, it will send an "HTTP 302" response with
4404 the "Location" header composed of this prefix immediately followed by the
4405 requested URI beginning at the leading '/' of the path component. That means
4406 that no trailing slash should be used after <prefix>. All invalid requests
4407 will be rejected, and all non-GET or HEAD requests will be normally served by
4408 the server. Note that since the response is completely forged, no header
4409 mangling nor cookie insertion is possible in the respose. However, cookies in
4410 requests are still analysed, making this solution completely usable to direct
4411 users to a remote location in case of local disaster. Main use consists in
4412 increasing bandwidth for static servers by having the clients directly
4413 connect to them. Note: never use a relative location here, it would cause a
4414 loop between the client and HAProxy!
4415
4416 Example : server srv1 192.168.1.1:80 redir http://image1.mydomain.com check
4417
4418rise <count>
4419 The "rise" parameter states that a server will be considered as operational
4420 after <count> consecutive successful health checks. This value defaults to 2
4421 if unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "fall" parameters.
4422
4423slowstart <start_time_in_ms>
4424 The "slowstart" parameter for a server accepts a value in milliseconds which
4425 indicates after how long a server which has just come back up will run at
4426 full speed. Just as with every other time-based parameter, it can be entered
4427 in any other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The speed grows
4428 linearly from 0 to 100% during this time. The limitation applies to two
4429 parameters :
4430
4431 - maxconn: the number of connections accepted by the server will grow from 1
4432 to 100% of the usual dynamic limit defined by (minconn,maxconn,fullconn).
4433
4434 - weight: when the backend uses a dynamic weighted algorithm, the weight
4435 grows linearly from 1 to 100%. In this case, the weight is updated at every
4436 health-check. For this reason, it is important that the "inter" parameter
4437 is smaller than the "slowstart", in order to maximize the number of steps.
4438
4439 The slowstart never applies when haproxy starts, otherwise it would cause
4440 trouble to running servers. It only applies when a server has been previously
4441 seen as failed.
4442
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02004443source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
4444source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [interface <name>] ...
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004445 The "source" parameter sets the source address which will be used when
4446 connecting to the server. It follows the exact same parameters and principle
4447 as the backend "source" keyword, except that it only applies to the server
4448 referencing it. Please consult the "source" keyword for details.
4449
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02004450 Additionally, the "source" statement on a server line allows one to specify a
4451 source port range by indicating the lower and higher bounds delimited by a
4452 dash ('-'). Some operating systems might require a valid IP address when a
4453 source port range is specified. It is permitted to have the same IP/range for
4454 several servers. Doing so makes it possible to bypass the maximum of 64k
4455 total concurrent connections. The limit will then reach 64k connections per
4456 server.
4457
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004458track [<proxy>/]<server>
4459 This option enables ability to set the current state of the server by
4460 tracking another one. Only a server with checks enabled can be tracked
4461 so it is not possible for example to track a server that tracks another
4462 one. If <proxy> is omitted the current one is used. If disable-on-404 is
4463 used, it has to be enabled on both proxies.
4464
4465weight <weight>
4466 The "weight" parameter is used to adjust the server's weight relative to
4467 other servers. All servers will receive a load proportional to their weight
4468 relative to the sum of all weights, so the higher the weight, the higher the
4469 load. The default weight is 1, and the maximal value is 255. If this
4470 parameter is used to distribute the load according to server's capacity, it
4471 is recommended to start with values which can both grow and shrink, for
4472 instance between 10 and 100 to leave enough room above and below for later
4473 adjustments.
4474
4475
44766. HTTP header manipulation
4477---------------------------
4478
4479In HTTP mode, it is possible to rewrite, add or delete some of the request and
4480response headers based on regular expressions. It is also possible to block a
4481request or a response if a particular header matches a regular expression,
4482which is enough to stop most elementary protocol attacks, and to protect
4483against information leak from the internal network. But there is a limitation
4484to this : since HAProxy's HTTP engine does not support keep-alive, only headers
4485passed during the first request of a TCP session will be seen. All subsequent
4486headers will be considered data only and not analyzed. Furthermore, HAProxy
4487never touches data contents, it stops analysis at the end of headers.
4488
4489This section covers common usage of the following keywords, described in detail
4490in section 4.2 :
4491
4492 - reqadd <string>
4493 - reqallow <search>
4494 - reqiallow <search>
4495 - reqdel <search>
4496 - reqidel <search>
4497 - reqdeny <search>
4498 - reqideny <search>
4499 - reqpass <search>
4500 - reqipass <search>
4501 - reqrep <search> <replace>
4502 - reqirep <search> <replace>
4503 - reqtarpit <search>
4504 - reqitarpit <search>
4505 - rspadd <string>
4506 - rspdel <search>
4507 - rspidel <search>
4508 - rspdeny <search>
4509 - rspideny <search>
4510 - rsprep <search> <replace>
4511 - rspirep <search> <replace>
4512
4513With all these keywords, the same conventions are used. The <search> parameter
4514is a POSIX extended regular expression (regex) which supports grouping through
4515parenthesis (without the backslash). Spaces and other delimiters must be
4516prefixed with a backslash ('\') to avoid confusion with a field delimiter.
4517Other characters may be prefixed with a backslash to change their meaning :
4518
4519 \t for a tab
4520 \r for a carriage return (CR)
4521 \n for a new line (LF)
4522 \ to mark a space and differentiate it from a delimiter
4523 \# to mark a sharp and differentiate it from a comment
4524 \\ to use a backslash in a regex
4525 \\\\ to use a backslash in the text (*2 for regex, *2 for haproxy)
4526 \xXX to write the ASCII hex code XX as in the C language
4527
4528The <replace> parameter contains the string to be used to replace the largest
4529portion of text matching the regex. It can make use of the special characters
4530above, and can reference a substring which is delimited by parenthesis in the
4531regex, by writing a backslash ('\') immediately followed by one digit from 0 to
45329 indicating the group position (0 designating the entire line). This practice
4533is very common to users of the "sed" program.
4534
4535The <string> parameter represents the string which will systematically be added
4536after the last header line. It can also use special character sequences above.
4537
4538Notes related to these keywords :
4539---------------------------------
4540 - these keywords are not always convenient to allow/deny based on header
4541 contents. It is strongly recommended to use ACLs with the "block" keyword
4542 instead, resulting in far more flexible and manageable rules.
4543
4544 - lines are always considered as a whole. It is not possible to reference
4545 a header name only or a value only. This is important because of the way
4546 headers are written (notably the number of spaces after the colon).
4547
4548 - the first line is always considered as a header, which makes it possible to
4549 rewrite or filter HTTP requests URIs or response codes, but in turn makes
4550 it harder to distinguish between headers and request line. The regex prefix
4551 ^[^\ \t]*[\ \t] matches any HTTP method followed by a space, and the prefix
4552 ^[^ \t:]*: matches any header name followed by a colon.
4553
4554 - for performances reasons, the number of characters added to a request or to
4555 a response is limited at build time to values between 1 and 4 kB. This
4556 should normally be far more than enough for most usages. If it is too short
4557 on occasional usages, it is possible to gain some space by removing some
4558 useless headers before adding new ones.
4559
4560 - keywords beginning with "reqi" and "rspi" are the same as their couterpart
4561 without the 'i' letter except that they ignore case when matching patterns.
4562
4563 - when a request passes through a frontend then a backend, all req* rules
4564 from the frontend will be evaluated, then all req* rules from the backend
4565 will be evaluated. The reverse path is applied to responses.
4566
4567 - req* statements are applied after "block" statements, so that "block" is
4568 always the first one, but before "use_backend" in order to permit rewriting
4569 before switching.
4570
4571
45727. Using ACLs
4573-------------
4574
4575The use of Access Control Lists (ACL) provides a flexible solution to perform
4576content switching and generally to take decisions based on content extracted
4577from the request, the response or any environmental status. The principle is
4578simple :
4579
4580 - define test criteria with sets of values
4581 - perform actions only if a set of tests is valid
4582
4583The actions generally consist in blocking the request, or selecting a backend.
4584
4585In order to define a test, the "acl" keyword is used. The syntax is :
4586
4587 acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
4588
4589This creates a new ACL <aclname> or completes an existing one with new tests.
4590Those tests apply to the portion of request/response specified in <criterion>
4591and may be adjusted with optional flags [flags]. Some criteria also support
4592an operator which may be specified before the set of values. The values are
4593of the type supported by the criterion, and are separated by spaces.
4594
4595ACL names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits, '-' (dash),
4596'_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are case-sensitive,
4597which means that "my_acl" and "My_Acl" are two different ACLs.
4598
4599There is no enforced limit to the number of ACLs. The unused ones do not affect
4600performance, they just consume a small amount of memory.
4601
4602The following ACL flags are currently supported :
4603
4604 -i : ignore case during matching.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004605 -- : force end of flags. Useful when a string looks like one of the flags.
4606
4607Supported types of values are :
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004608
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004609 - integers or integer ranges
4610 - strings
4611 - regular expressions
4612 - IP addresses and networks
4613
4614
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020046157.1. Matching integers
4616----------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004617
4618Matching integers is special in that ranges and operators are permitted. Note
4619that integer matching only applies to positive values. A range is a value
4620expressed with a lower and an upper bound separated with a colon, both of which
4621may be omitted.
4622
4623For instance, "1024:65535" is a valid range to represent a range of
4624unprivileged ports, and "1024:" would also work. "0:1023" is a valid
4625representation of privileged ports, and ":1023" would also work.
4626
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004627As a special case, some ACL functions support decimal numbers which are in fact
4628two integers separated by a dot. This is used with some version checks for
4629instance. All integer properties apply to those decimal numbers, including
4630ranges and operators.
4631
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004632For an easier usage, comparison operators are also supported. Note that using
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004633operators with ranges does not make much sense and is strongly discouraged.
4634Similarly, it does not make much sense to perform order comparisons with a set
4635of values.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004636
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004637Available operators for integer matching are :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004638
4639 eq : true if the tested value equals at least one value
4640 ge : true if the tested value is greater than or equal to at least one value
4641 gt : true if the tested value is greater than at least one value
4642 le : true if the tested value is less than or equal to at least one value
4643 lt : true if the tested value is less than at least one value
4644
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004645For instance, the following ACL matches any negative Content-Length header :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004646
4647 acl negative-length hdr_val(content-length) lt 0
4648
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004649This one matches SSL versions between 3.0 and 3.1 (inclusive) :
4650
4651 acl sslv3 req_ssl_ver 3:3.1
4652
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004653
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020046547.2. Matching strings
4655---------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004656
4657String matching applies to verbatim strings as they are passed, with the
4658exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it possible to escape some
4659characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is passed before the first
4660string, then the matching will be performed ignoring the case. In order
4661to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass the "--" flag
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004662before the first string. Same applies of course to match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004663
4664
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020046657.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
4666-------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004667
4668Just like with string matching, regex matching applies to verbatim strings as
4669they are passed, with the exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it
4670possible to escape some characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is
4671passed before the first regex, then the matching will be performed ignoring
4672the case. In order to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004673the "--" flag before the first string. Same principle applies of course to
4674match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004675
4676
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020046777.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
4678----------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004679
4680IPv4 addresses values can be specified either as plain addresses or with a
4681netmask appended, in which case the IPv4 address matches whenever it is
4682within the network. Plain addresses may also be replaced with a resolvable
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004683host name, but this practice is generally discouraged as it makes it more
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004684difficult to read and debug configurations. If hostnames are used, you should
4685at least ensure that they are present in /etc/hosts so that the configuration
4686does not depend on any random DNS match at the moment the configuration is
4687parsed.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004688
4689
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020046907.5. Available matching criteria
4691--------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004692
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020046937.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
4694------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004695
4696A first set of criteria applies to information which does not require any
4697analysis of the request or response contents. Those generally include TCP/IP
4698addresses and ports, as well as internal values independant on the stream.
4699
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004700always_false
4701 This one never matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
4702 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
4703
4704always_true
4705 This one always matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
4706 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
4707
4708src <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004709 Applies to the client's IPv4 address. It is usually used to limit access to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004710 certain resources such as statistics. Note that it is the TCP-level source
4711 address which is used, and not the address of a client behind a proxy.
4712
4713src_port <integer>
4714 Applies to the client's TCP source port. This has a very limited usage.
4715
4716dst <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004717 Applies to the local IPv4 address the client connected to. It can be used to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004718 switch to a different backend for some alternative addresses.
4719
4720dst_port <integer>
4721 Applies to the local port the client connected to. It can be used to switch
4722 to a different backend for some alternative ports.
4723
4724dst_conn <integer>
4725 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the frontend,
4726 including the one being evaluated. It can be used to either return a sorry
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004727 page before hard-blocking, or to use a specific backend to drain new requests
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004728 when the farm is considered saturated.
4729
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004730nbsrv <integer>
4731nbsrv(backend) <integer>
4732 Returns true when the number of usable servers of either the current backend
4733 or the named backend matches the values or ranges specified. This is used to
4734 switch to an alternate backend when the number of servers is too low to
4735 to handle some load. It is useful to report a failure when combined with
4736 "monitor fail".
4737
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004738connslots <integer>
4739connslots(backend) <integer>
4740 The basic idea here is to be able to measure the number of connection "slots"
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004741 still available (connection + queue), so that anything beyond that (intended
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004742 usage; see "use_backend" keyword) can be redirected to a different backend.
4743
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004744 'connslots' = number of available server connection slots, + number of
4745 available server queue slots.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004746
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004747 Note that while "dst_conn" may be used, "connslots" comes in especially
4748 useful when you have a case of traffic going to one single ip, splitting into
4749 multiple backends (perhaps using acls to do name-based load balancing) and
4750 you want to be able to differentiate between different backends, and their
4751 available "connslots". Also, whereas "nbsrv" only measures servers that are
4752 actually *down*, this acl is more fine-grained and looks into the number of
4753 available connection slots as well.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004754
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004755 OTHER CAVEATS AND NOTES: at this point in time, the code does not take care
4756 of dynamic connections. Also, if any of the server maxconn, or maxqueue is 0,
4757 then this acl clearly does not make sense, in which case the value returned
4758 will be -1.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08004759
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01004760fe_sess_rate <integer>
4761fe_sess_rate(frontend) <integer>
4762 Returns true when the session creation rate on the current or the named
4763 frontend matches the specified values or ranges, expressed in new sessions
4764 per second. This is used to limit the connection rate to acceptable ranges in
4765 order to prevent abuse of service at the earliest moment. This can be
4766 combined with layer 4 ACLs in order to force the clients to wait a bit for
4767 the rate to go down below the limit.
4768
4769 Example :
4770 # This frontend limits incoming mails to 10/s with a max of 100
4771 # concurrent connections. We accept any connection below 10/s, and
4772 # force excess clients to wait for 100 ms. Since clients are limited to
4773 # 100 max, there cannot be more than 10 incoming mails per second.
4774 frontend mail
4775 bind :25
4776 mode tcp
4777 maxconn 100
4778 acl too_fast fe_sess_rate ge 10
4779 tcp-request inspect-delay 100ms
4780 tcp-request content accept if ! too_fast
4781 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
4782
4783be_sess_rate <integer>
4784be_sess_rate(backend) <integer>
4785 Returns true when the sessions creation rate on the backend matches the
4786 specified values or ranges, in number of new sessions per second. This is
4787 used to switch to an alternate backend when an expensive or fragile one
4788 reaches too high a session rate, or to limite abuse of service (eg. prevent
4789 sucking of an online dictionary).
4790
4791 Example :
4792 # Redirect to an error page if the dictionary is requested too often
4793 backend dynamic
4794 mode http
4795 acl being_scanned be_sess_rate gt 100
4796 redirect location /denied.html if being_scanned
4797
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004798
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020047997.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
4800-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004801
4802A second set of criteria depends on data found in buffers, but which can change
4803during analysis. This requires that some data has been buffered, for instance
4804through TCP request content inspection. Please see the "tcp-request" keyword
4805for more detailed information on the subject.
4806
4807req_len <integer>
4808 Returns true when the lenght of the data in the request buffer matches the
4809 specified range. It is important to understand that this test does not
4810 return false as long as the buffer is changing. This means that a check with
4811 equality to zero will almost always immediately match at the beginning of the
4812 session, while a test for more data will wait for that data to come in and
4813 return false only when haproxy is certain that no more data will come in.
4814 This test was designed to be used with TCP request content inspection.
4815
4816req_ssl_ver <decimal>
4817 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like SSL, with a protocol
4818 version matching the specified range. Both SSLv2 hello messages and SSLv3
4819 messages are supported. The test tries to be strict enough to avoid being
4820 easily fooled. In particular, it waits for as many bytes as announced in the
4821 message header if this header looks valid (bound to the buffer size). Note
4822 that TLSv1 is announced as SSL version 3.1. This test was designed to be used
4823 with TCP request content inspection.
4824
Willy Tarreaub6fb4202008-07-20 11:18:28 +02004825wait_end
4826 Waits for the end of the analysis period to return true. This may be used in
4827 conjunction with content analysis to avoid returning a wrong verdict early.
4828 It may also be used to delay some actions, such as a delayed reject for some
4829 special addresses. Since it either stops the rules evaluation or immediately
4830 returns true, it is recommended to use this acl as the last one in a rule.
4831 Please note that the default ACL "WAIT_END" is always usable without prior
4832 declaration. This test was designed to be used with TCP request content
4833 inspection.
4834
4835 Examples :
4836 # delay every incoming request by 2 seconds
4837 tcp-request inspect-delay 2s
4838 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
4839
4840 # don't immediately tell bad guys they are rejected
4841 tcp-request inspect-delay 10s
4842 acl goodguys src 10.0.0.0/24
4843 acl badguys src 10.0.1.0/24
4844 tcp-request content accept if goodguys
4845 tcp-request content reject if badguys WAIT_END
4846 tcp-request content reject
4847
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004848
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020048497.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
4850--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004851
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004852A third set of criteria applies to information which can be found at the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004853application layer (layer 7). Those require that a full HTTP request has been
4854read, and are only evaluated then. They may require slightly more CPU resources
4855than the layer 4 ones, but not much since the request and response are indexed.
4856
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004857method <string>
4858 Applies to the method in the HTTP request, eg: "GET". Some predefined ACL
4859 already check for most common methods.
4860
4861req_ver <string>
4862 Applies to the version string in the HTTP request, eg: "1.0". Some predefined
4863 ACL already check for versions 1.0 and 1.1.
4864
4865path <string>
4866 Returns true when the path part of the request, which starts at the first
4867 slash and ends before the question mark, equals one of the strings. It may be
4868 used to match known files, such as /favicon.ico.
4869
4870path_beg <string>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004871 Returns true when the path begins with one of the strings. This can be used
4872 to send certain directory names to alternative backends.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004873
4874path_end <string>
4875 Returns true when the path ends with one of the strings. This may be used to
4876 control file name extension.
4877
4878path_sub <string>
4879 Returns true when the path contains one of the strings. It can be used to
4880 detect particular patterns in paths, such as "../" for example. See also
4881 "path_dir".
4882
4883path_dir <string>
4884 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
4885 slashes in the path. This is used to perform filename or directory name
4886 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
4887 "url_dir" and "path_sub".
4888
4889path_dom <string>
4890 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
4891 in the path. This may be used to perform domain name matching in proxy
4892 requests. See also "path_sub" and "url_dom".
4893
4894path_reg <regex>
4895 Returns true when the path matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
4896 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
4897 than other methods. See also "url_reg" and all "path_" criteria.
4898
4899url <string>
4900 Applies to the whole URL passed in the request. The only real use is to match
4901 "*", for which there already is a predefined ACL.
4902
4903url_beg <string>
4904 Returns true when the URL begins with one of the strings. This can be used to
4905 check whether a URL begins with a slash or with a protocol scheme.
4906
4907url_end <string>
4908 Returns true when the URL ends with one of the strings. It has very limited
4909 use. "path_end" should be used instead for filename matching.
4910
4911url_sub <string>
4912 Returns true when the URL contains one of the strings. It can be used to
4913 detect particular patterns in query strings for example. See also "path_sub".
4914
4915url_dir <string>
4916 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
4917 slashes in the URL. This is used to perform filename or directory name
4918 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
4919 "path_dir" and "url_sub".
4920
4921url_dom <string>
4922 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
4923 in the URL. This is used to perform domain name matching without the risk of
4924 wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also "url_sub".
4925
4926url_reg <regex>
4927 Returns true when the URL matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
4928 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
4929 than other methods. See also "path_reg" and all "url_" criteria.
4930
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01004931url_ip <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004932 Applies to the IP address specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request.
4933 It can be used to prevent access to certain resources such as local network.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01004934 It is useful with option "http_proxy".
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01004935
4936url_port <integer>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004937 Applies to the port specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request. It can
4938 be used to prevent access to certain resources. It is useful with option
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01004939 "http_proxy". Note that if the port is not specified in the request, port 80
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004940 is assumed.
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01004941
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004942hdr <string>
4943hdr(header) <string>
4944 Note: all the "hdr*" matching criteria either apply to all headers, or to a
4945 particular header whose name is passed between parenthesis and without any
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004946 space. The header name is not case-sensitive. The header matching complies
4947 with RFC2616, and treats as separate headers all values delimited by commas.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004948
4949 The "hdr" criteria returns true if any of the headers matching the criteria
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004950 match any of the strings. This can be used to check exact for values. For
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004951 instance, checking that "connection: close" is set :
4952
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004953 hdr(Connection) -i close
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01004954
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004955hdr_beg <string>
4956hdr_beg(header) <string>
4957 Returns true when one of the headers begins with one of the strings. See
4958 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01004959
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004960hdr_end <string>
4961hdr_end(header) <string>
4962 Returns true when one of the headers ends with one of the strings. See "hdr"
4963 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01004964
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004965hdr_sub <string>
4966hdr_sub(header) <string>
4967 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings. See "hdr"
4968 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01004969
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004970hdr_dir <string>
4971hdr_dir(header) <string>
4972 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
4973 isolated or delimited by slashes. This is used to perform filename or
4974 directory name matching, and may be used with Referer. See "hdr" for more
4975 information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01004976
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004977hdr_dom <string>
4978hdr_dom(header) <string>
4979 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
4980 isolated or delimited by dots. This is used to perform domain name matching,
4981 and may be used with the Host header. See "hdr" for more information on
4982 header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01004983
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004984hdr_reg <regex>
4985hdr_reg(header) <regex>
4986 Returns true when one of the headers matches of the regular expressions. It
4987 can be used at any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching
4988 is slower than other methods. See also other "hdr_" criteria, as well as
4989 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01004990
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004991hdr_val <integer>
4992hdr_val(header) <integer>
4993 Returns true when one of the headers starts with a number which matches the
4994 values or ranges specified. This may be used to limit content-length to
4995 acceptable values for example. See "hdr" for more information on header
4996 matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01004997
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004998hdr_cnt <integer>
4999hdr_cnt(header) <integer>
5000 Returns true when the number of occurrence of the specified header matches
5001 the values or ranges specified. It is important to remember that one header
5002 line may count as several headers if it has several values. This is used to
5003 detect presence, absence or abuse of a specific header, as well as to block
5004 request smugling attacks by rejecting requests which contain more than one
5005 of certain headers. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic8b16fc2008-02-18 01:26:35 +01005006
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005007
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050087.6. Pre-defined ACLs
5009---------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005010
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005011Some predefined ACLs are hard-coded so that they do not have to be declared in
5012every frontend which needs them. They all have their names in upper case in
5013order to avoid confusion. Their equivalence is provided below. Please note that
5014only the first three ones are not layer 7 based.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005015
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005016ACL name Equivalent to Usage
5017---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
5018TRUE always_true always match
5019FALSE always_false never match
5020LOCALHOST src 127.0.0.1/8 match connection from local host
5021HTTP_1.0 req_ver 1.0 match HTTP version 1.0
5022HTTP_1.1 req_ver 1.1 match HTTP version 1.1
5023METH_CONNECT method CONNECT match HTTP CONNECT method
5024METH_GET method GET HEAD match HTTP GET or HEAD method
5025METH_HEAD method HEAD match HTTP HEAD method
5026METH_OPTIONS method OPTIONS match HTTP OPTIONS method
5027METH_POST method POST match HTTP POST method
5028METH_TRACE method TRACE match HTTP TRACE method
5029HTTP_URL_ABS url_reg ^[^/:]*:// match absolute URL with scheme
5030HTTP_URL_SLASH url_beg / match URL begining with "/"
5031HTTP_URL_STAR url * match URL equal to "*"
5032HTTP_CONTENT hdr_val(content-length) gt 0 match an existing content-length
5033REQ_CONTENT req_len gt 0 match data in the request buffer
5034WAIT_END wait_end wait for end of content analysis
5035---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005036
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005037
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050387.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
5039----------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005040
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005041Some actions are only performed upon a valid condition. A condition is a
5042combination of ACLs with operators. 3 operators are supported :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005043
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005044 - AND (implicit)
5045 - OR (explicit with the "or" keyword or the "||" operator)
5046 - Negation with the exclamation mark ("!")
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005047
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005048A condition is formed as a disjonctive form :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005049
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005050 [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln { or [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln } ...
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005051
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005052Such conditions are generally used after an "if" or "unless" statement,
5053indicating when the condition will trigger the action.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005054
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005055For instance, to block HTTP requests to the "*" URL with methods other than
5056"OPTIONS", as well as POST requests without content-length, and GET or HEAD
5057requests with a content-length greater than 0, and finally every request which
5058is not either GET/HEAD/POST/OPTIONS !
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005059
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005060 acl missing_cl hdr_cnt(Content-length) eq 0
5061 block if HTTP_URL_STAR !METH_OPTIONS || METH_POST missing_cl
5062 block if METH_GET HTTP_CONTENT
5063 block unless METH_GET or METH_POST or METH_OPTIONS
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005064
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005065To select a different backend for requests to static contents on the "www" site
5066and to every request on the "img", "video", "download" and "ftp" hosts :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005067
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005068 acl url_static path_beg /static /images /img /css
5069 acl url_static path_end .gif .png .jpg .css .js
5070 acl host_www hdr_beg(host) -i www
5071 acl host_static hdr_beg(host) -i img. video. download. ftp.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005072
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005073 # now use backend "static" for all static-only hosts, and for static urls
5074 # of host "www". Use backend "www" for the rest.
5075 use_backend static if host_static or host_www url_static
5076 use_backend www if host_www
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005077
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005078See section 4.2 for detailed help on the "block" and "use_backend" keywords.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005079
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005080
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020050818. Logging
5082----------
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005083
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005084One of HAProxy's strong points certainly lies is its precise logs. It probably
5085provides the finest level of information available for such a product, which is
5086very important for troubleshooting complex environments. Standard information
5087provided in logs include client ports, TCP/HTTP state timers, precise session
5088state at termination and precise termination cause, information about decisions
5089to direct trafic to a server, and of course the ability to capture arbitrary
5090headers.
5091
5092In order to improve administrators reactivity, it offers a great transparency
5093about encountered problems, both internal and external, and it is possible to
5094send logs to different sources at the same time with different level filters :
5095
5096 - global process-level logs (system errors, start/stop, etc..)
5097 - per-instance system and internal errors (lack of resource, bugs, ...)
5098 - per-instance external troubles (servers up/down, max connections)
5099 - per-instance activity (client connections), either at the establishment or
5100 at the termination.
5101
5102The ability to distribute different levels of logs to different log servers
5103allow several production teams to interact and to fix their problems as soon
5104as possible. For example, the system team might monitor system-wide errors,
5105while the application team might be monitoring the up/down for their servers in
5106real time, and the security team might analyze the activity logs with one hour
5107delay.
5108
5109
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051108.1. Log levels
5111---------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005112
5113TCP and HTTP connections can be logged with informations such as date, time,
5114source IP address, destination address, connection duration, response times,
5115HTTP request, the HTTP return code, number of bytes transmitted, the conditions
5116in which the session ended, and even exchanged cookies values, to track a
5117particular user's problems for example. All messages are sent to up to two
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005118syslog servers. Check the "log" keyword in section 4.2 for more info about log
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005119facilities.
5120
5121
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051228.2. Log formats
5123----------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005124
5125HAProxy supports 3 log formats. Several fields are common between these formats
5126and will be detailed in the next sections. A few of them may slightly vary with
5127the configuration, due to indicators specific to certain options. The supported
5128formats are the following ones :
5129
5130 - the default format, which is very basic and very rarely used. It only
5131 provides very basic information about the incoming connection at the moment
5132 it is accepted : source IP:port, destination IP:port, and frontend-name.
5133 This mode will eventually disappear so it will not be described to great
5134 extents.
5135
5136 - the TCP format, which is more advanced. This format is enabled when "option
5137 tcplog" is set on the frontend. HAProxy will then usually wait for the
5138 connection to terminate before logging. This format provides much richer
5139 information, such as timers, connection counts, queue size, etc... This
5140 format is recommended for pure TCP proxies.
5141
5142 - the HTTP format, which is the most advanced for HTTP proxying. This format
5143 is enabled when "option httplog" is set on the frontend. It provides the
5144 same information as the TCP format with some HTTP-specific fields such as
5145 the request, the status code, and captures of headers and cookies. This
5146 format is recommended for HTTP proxies.
5147
5148Next sections will go deeper into details for each of these formats. Format
5149specification will be performed on a "field" basis. Unless stated otherwise, a
5150field is a portion of text delimited by any number of spaces. Since syslog
5151servers are susceptible of inserting fields at the beginning of a line, it is
5152always assumed that the first field is the one containing the process name and
5153identifier.
5154
5155Note : Since log lines may be quite long, the log examples in sections below
5156 might be broken into multiple lines. The example log lines will be
5157 prefixed with 3 closing angle brackets ('>>>') and each time a log is
5158 broken into multiple lines, each non-final line will end with a
5159 backslash ('\') and the next line will start indented by two characters.
5160
5161
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051628.2.1. Default log format
5163-------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005164
5165This format is used when no specific option is set. The log is emitted as soon
5166as the connection is accepted. One should note that this currently is the only
5167format which logs the request's destination IP and ports.
5168
5169 Example :
5170 listen www
5171 mode http
5172 log global
5173 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5174
5175 >>> Feb 6 12:12:09 localhost \
5176 haproxy[14385]: Connect from 10.0.1.2:33312 to 10.0.3.31:8012 \
5177 (www/HTTP)
5178
5179 Field Format Extract from the example above
5180 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14385]:
5181 2 'Connect from' Connect from
5182 3 source_ip ':' source_port 10.0.1.2:33312
5183 4 'to' to
5184 5 destination_ip ':' destination_port 10.0.3.31:8012
5185 6 '(' frontend_name '/' mode ')' (www/HTTP)
5186
5187Detailed fields description :
5188 - "source_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the connection.
5189 - "source_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5190 - "destination_ip" is the IP address the client connected to.
5191 - "destination_port" is the TCP port the client connected to.
5192 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5193 and processed the connection.
5194 - "mode is the mode the frontend is operating (TCP or HTTP).
5195
5196It is advised not to use this deprecated format for newer installations as it
5197will eventually disappear.
5198
5199
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052008.2.2. TCP log format
5201---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005202
5203The TCP format is used when "option tcplog" is specified in the frontend, and
5204is the recommended format for pure TCP proxies. It provides a lot of precious
5205information for troubleshooting. Since this format includes timers and byte
5206counts, the log is normally emitted at the end of the session. It can be
5207emitted earlier if "option logasap" is specified, which makes sense in most
5208environments with long sessions such as remote terminals. Sessions which match
5209the "monitor" rules are never logged. It is also possible not to emit logs for
5210sessions for which no data were exchanged between the client and the server, by
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005211specifying "option dontlognull" in the frontend. Successful connections will
5212not be logged if "option dontlog-normal" is specified in the frontend. A few
5213fields may slightly vary depending on some configuration options, those are
5214marked with a star ('*') after the field name below.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005215
5216 Example :
5217 frontend fnt
5218 mode tcp
5219 option tcplog
5220 log global
5221 default_backend bck
5222
5223 backend bck
5224 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5225
5226 >>> Feb 6 12:12:56 localhost \
5227 haproxy[14387]: 10.0.1.2:33313 [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443] fnt \
5228 bck/srv1 0/0/5007 212 -- 0/0/0/0/3 0/0
5229
5230 Field Format Extract from the example above
5231 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14387]:
5232 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33313
5233 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443]
5234 4 frontend_name fnt
5235 5 backend_name '/' server_name bck/srv1
5236 6 Tw '/' Tc '/' Tt* 0/0/5007
5237 7 bytes_read* 212
5238 8 termination_state --
5239 9 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 0/0/0/0/3
5240 10 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5241
5242Detailed fields description :
5243 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5244 connection to haproxy.
5245
5246 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5247
5248 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the connection was received by haproxy
5249 (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on the
5250 network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is usually
5251 the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log.
5252
5253 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5254 and processed the connection.
5255
5256 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5257 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5258 frontend if no switching rule has been applied, which is common for TCP
5259 applications.
5260
5261 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5262 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5263 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5264 which processed the request. If the connection was aborted before reaching
5265 a server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name.
5266
5267 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5268 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5269 See "Timers" below for more details.
5270
5271 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5272 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5273 connection was aborted before a connection could be established. See
5274 "Timers" below for more details.
5275
5276 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5277 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5278 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5279 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5280 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5281 details.
5282
5283 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted from the server to
5284 the client when the log is emitted. If "option logasap" is specified, the
5285 this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that the final one
5286 may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit counter, so log
5287 analysis tools must be able to handle it without overflowing.
5288
5289 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5290 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5291 session to happen, and for what reason (timeout, error, ...). The normal
5292 flags should be "--", indicating the session was closed by either end with
5293 no data remaining in buffers. See below "Session state at disconnection"
5294 for more details.
5295
5296 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5297 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5298 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 when
5299 multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system limits
5300 the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all of them
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005301 are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the system.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005302
5303 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5304 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5305 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5306 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5307 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5308 caused by a denial of service attack.
5309
5310 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5311 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
5312 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
5313 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
5314 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
5315 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
5316 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
5317 denial of service attack.
5318
5319 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
5320 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
5321 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
5322 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
5323 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
5324 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
5325 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
5326 that this server has some trouble causing the connections to take longer to
5327 be processed than on other servers.
5328
5329 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
5330 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
5331 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
5332 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
5333 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
5334 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
5335 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
5336 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
5337 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
5338 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
5339 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
5340 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
5341 should not be attributed to the logged server.
5342
5343 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5344 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
5345 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
5346 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
5347 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
5348 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
5349 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
5350 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
5351
5352 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5353 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
5354 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
5355 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
5356 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
5357 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
5358 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
5359 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
5360 occurs.
5361
5362
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020053638.2.3. HTTP log format
5364----------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005365
5366The HTTP format is the most complete and the best suited for HTTP proxies. It
5367is enabled by when "option httplog" is specified in the frontend. It provides
5368the same level of information as the TCP format with additional features which
5369are specific to the HTTP protocol. Just like the TCP format, the log is usually
5370emitted at the end of the session, unless "option logasap" is specified, which
5371generally only makes sense for download sites. A session which matches the
5372"monitor" rules will never logged. It is also possible not to log sessions for
5373which no data were sent by the client by specifying "option dontlognull" in the
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005374frontend. Successful connections will not be logged if "option dontlog-normal"
5375is specified in the frontend.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005376
5377Most fields are shared with the TCP log, some being different. A few fields may
5378slightly vary depending on some configuration options. Those ones are marked
5379with a star ('*') after the field name below.
5380
5381 Example :
5382 frontend http-in
5383 mode http
5384 option httplog
5385 log global
5386 default_backend bck
5387
5388 backend static
5389 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5390
5391 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
5392 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
5393 static/srv1 10/0/30/69/109 200 2750 - - ---- 1/1/1/1/0 0/0 {1wt.eu} \
5394 {} "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
5395
5396 Field Format Extract from the example above
5397 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14389]:
5398 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33317
5399 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655]
5400 4 frontend_name http-in
5401 5 backend_name '/' server_name static/srv1
5402 6 Tq '/' Tw '/' Tc '/' Tr '/' Tt* 10/0/30/69/109
5403 7 status_code 200
5404 8 bytes_read* 2750
5405 9 captured_request_cookie -
5406 10 captured_response_cookie -
5407 11 termination_state ----
5408 12 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 1/1/1/1/0
5409 13 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5410 14 '{' captured_request_headers* '}' {haproxy.1wt.eu}
5411 15 '{' captured_response_headers* '}' {}
5412 16 '"' http_request '"' "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
5413
5414
5415Detailed fields description :
5416 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5417 connection to haproxy.
5418
5419 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5420
5421 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the TCP connection was received by
5422 haproxy (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on
5423 the network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is
5424 usually the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log. This
5425 does not depend on the fact that the client has sent the request or not.
5426
5427 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5428 and processed the connection.
5429
5430 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5431 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5432 frontend if no switching rule has been applied.
5433
5434 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5435 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5436 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5437 which processed the request. If the request was aborted before reaching a
5438 server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name. If the request was
5439 intercepted by the stats subsystem, "<STATS>" is indicated instead.
5440
5441 - "Tq" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the client to send
5442 a full HTTP request, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the connection
5443 was aborted before a complete request could be received. It should always
5444 be very small because a request generally fits in one single packet. Large
5445 times here generally indicate network trouble between the client and
5446 haproxy. See "Timers" below for more details.
5447
5448 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5449 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5450 See "Timers" below for more details.
5451
5452 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5453 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5454 request was aborted before a connection could be established. See "Timers"
5455 below for more details.
5456
5457 - "Tr" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the server to send
5458 a full HTTP response, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the request was
5459 aborted before a complete response could be received. It generally matches
5460 the server's processing time for the request, though it may be altered by
5461 the amount of data sent by the client to the server. Large times here on
5462 "GET" requests generally indicate an overloaded server. See "Timers" below
5463 for more details.
5464
5465 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5466 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5467 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5468 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5469 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5470 details.
5471
5472 - "status_code" is the HTTP status code returned to the client. This status
5473 is generally set by the server, but it might also be set by haproxy when
5474 the server cannot be reached or when its response is blocked by haproxy.
5475
5476 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted to the client when
5477 the log is emitted. This does include HTTP headers. If "option logasap" is
5478 specified, the this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that
5479 the final one may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit
5480 counter, so log analysis tools must be able to handle it without
5481 overflowing.
5482
5483 - "captured_request_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating that
5484 the client had this cookie in the request. The cookie name and its maximum
5485 length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend
5486 configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is not
5487 set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track session
5488 ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session crossing
5489 between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please consult
5490 the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
5491
5492 - "captured_response_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating
5493 that the server has returned a cookie with its response. The cookie name
5494 and its maximum length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the
5495 frontend configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is
5496 not set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track
5497 session ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session
5498 crossing between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please
5499 consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
5500
5501 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5502 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5503 session to happen, for what reason (timeout, error, ...), just like in TCP
5504 logs, and information about persistence operations on cookies in the last
5505 two characters. The normal flags should begin with "--", indicating the
5506 session was closed by either end with no data remaining in buffers. See
5507 below "Session state at disconnection" for more details.
5508
5509 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5510 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5511 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 or 1024
5512 when multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system
5513 limits the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005514 of them are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005515 system.
5516
5517 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5518 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5519 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5520 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5521 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5522 caused by a denial of service attack.
5523
5524 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5525 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
5526 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
5527 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
5528 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
5529 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
5530 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
5531 denial of service attack.
5532
5533 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
5534 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
5535 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
5536 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
5537 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
5538 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
5539 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
5540 that this server has some trouble causing the requests to take longer to be
5541 processed than on other servers.
5542
5543 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
5544 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
5545 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
5546 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
5547 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
5548 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
5549 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
5550 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
5551 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
5552 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
5553 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
5554 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
5555 should not be attributed to the logged server.
5556
5557 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5558 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
5559 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
5560 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
5561 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
5562 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
5563 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
5564 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
5565
5566 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
5567 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
5568 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
5569 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
5570 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
5571 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
5572 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
5573 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
5574 occurs.
5575
5576 - "captured_request_headers" is a list of headers captured in the request due
5577 to the presence of the "capture request header" statement in the frontend.
5578 Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar
5579 ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear, causing a
5580 shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this field may
5581 contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser than when
5582 it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and
5583 cookies" below for more details.
5584
5585 - "captured_response_headers" is a list of headers captured in the response
5586 due to the presence of the "capture response header" statement in the
5587 frontend. Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a
5588 vertical bar ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear,
5589 causing a shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this
5590 field may contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser
5591 than when it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers
5592 and cookies" below for more details.
5593
5594 - "http_request" is the complete HTTP request line, including the method,
5595 request and HTTP version string. Non-printable characters are encoded (see
5596 below the section "Non-printable characters"). This is always the last
5597 field, and it is always delimited by quotes and is the only one which can
5598 contain quotes. If new fields are added to the log format, they will be
5599 added before this field. This field might be truncated if the request is
5600 huge and does not fit in the standard syslog buffer (1024 characters). This
5601 is the reason why this field must always remain the last one.
5602
5603
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056048.3. Advanced logging options
5605-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005606
5607Some advanced logging options are often looked for but are not easy to find out
5608just by looking at the various options. Here is an entry point for the few
5609options which can enable better logging. Please refer to the keywords reference
5610for more information about their usage.
5611
5612
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056138.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
5614------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005615
5616It is quite common to have some monitoring tools perform health checks on
5617haproxy. Sometimes it will be a layer 3 load-balancer such as LVS or any
5618commercial load-balancer, and sometimes it will simply be a more complete
5619monitoring system such as Nagios. When the tests are very frequent, users often
5620ask how to disable logging for those checks. There are three possibilities :
5621
5622 - if connections come from everywhere and are just TCP probes, it is often
5623 desired to simply disable logging of connections without data exchange, by
5624 setting "option dontlognull" in the frontend. It also disables logging of
5625 port scans, which may or may not be desired.
5626
5627 - if the connection come from a known source network, use "monitor-net" to
5628 declare this network as monitoring only. Any host in this network will then
5629 only be able to perform health checks, and their requests will not be
5630 logged. This is generally appropriate to designate a list of equipments
5631 such as other load-balancers.
5632
5633 - if the tests are performed on a known URI, use "monitor-uri" to declare
5634 this URI as dedicated to monitoring. Any host sending this request will
5635 only get the result of a health-check, and the request will not be logged.
5636
5637
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056388.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
5639----------------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005640
5641The problem with logging at end of connection is that you have no clue about
5642what is happening during very long sessions, such as remote terminal sessions
5643or large file downloads. This problem can be worked around by specifying
5644"option logasap" in the frontend. Haproxy will then log as soon as possible,
5645just before data transfer begins. This means that in case of TCP, it will still
5646log the connection status to the server, and in case of HTTP, it will log just
5647after processing the server headers. In this case, the number of bytes reported
5648is the number of header bytes sent to the client. In order to avoid confusion
5649with normal logs, the total time field and the number of bytes are prefixed
5650with a '+' sign which means that real numbers are certainly larger.
5651
5652
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056538.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
5654------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005655
5656Sometimes it is more convenient to separate normal traffic from errors logs,
5657for instance in order to ease error monitoring from log files. When the option
5658"log-separate-errors" is used, connections which experience errors, timeouts,
5659retries, redispatches or HTTP status codes 5xx will see their syslog level
5660raised from "info" to "err". This will help a syslog daemon store the log in
5661a separate file. It is very important to keep the errors in the normal traffic
5662file too, so that log ordering is not altered. You should also be careful if
5663you already have configured your syslog daemon to store all logs higher than
5664"notice" in an "admin" file, because the "err" level is higher than "notice".
5665
5666
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056678.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
5668--------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005669
5670Although this may sound strange at first, some large sites have to deal with
5671multiple thousands of logs per second and are experiencing difficulties keeping
5672them intact for a long time or detecting errors within them. If the option
5673"dontlog-normal" is set on the frontend, all normal connections will not be
5674logged. In this regard, a normal connection is defined as one without any
5675error, timeout, retry nor redispatch. In HTTP, the status code is checked too,
5676and a response with a status 5xx is not considered normal and will be logged
5677too. Of course, doing is is really discouraged as it will remove most of the
5678useful information from the logs. Do this only if you have no other
5679alternative.
5680
5681
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056828.4. Timing events
5683------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005684
5685Timers provide a great help in troubleshooting network problems. All values are
5686reported in milliseconds (ms). These timers should be used in conjunction with
5687the session termination flags. In TCP mode with "option tcplog" set on the
5688frontend, 3 control points are reported under the form "Tw/Tc/Tt", and in HTTP
5689mode, 5 control points are reported under the form "Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/Tt" :
5690
5691 - Tq: total time to get the client request (HTTP mode only). It's the time
5692 elapsed between the moment the client connection was accepted and the
5693 moment the proxy received the last HTTP header. The value "-1" indicates
5694 that the end of headers (empty line) has never been seen. This happens when
5695 the client closes prematurely or times out.
5696
5697 - Tw: total time spent in the queues waiting for a connection slot. It
5698 accounts for backend queue as well as the server queues, and depends on the
5699 queue size, and the time needed for the server to complete previous
5700 requests. The value "-1" means that the request was killed before reaching
5701 the queue, which is generally what happens with invalid or denied requests.
5702
5703 - Tc: total time to establish the TCP connection to the server. It's the time
5704 elapsed between the moment the proxy sent the connection request, and the
5705 moment it was acknowledged by the server, or between the TCP SYN packet and
5706 the matching SYN/ACK packet in return. The value "-1" means that the
5707 connection never established.
5708
5709 - Tr: server response time (HTTP mode only). It's the time elapsed between
5710 the moment the TCP connection was established to the server and the moment
5711 the server sent its complete response headers. It purely shows its request
5712 processing time, without the network overhead due to the data transmission.
5713 It is worth noting that when the client has data to send to the server, for
5714 instance during a POST request, the time already runs, and this can distort
5715 apparent response time. For this reason, it's generally wise not to trust
5716 too much this field for POST requests initiated from clients behind an
5717 untrusted network. A value of "-1" here means that the last the response
5718 header (empty line) was never seen, most likely because the server timeout
5719 stroke before the server managed to process the request.
5720
5721 - Tt: total session duration time, between the moment the proxy accepted it
5722 and the moment both ends were closed. The exception is when the "logasap"
5723 option is specified. In this case, it only equals (Tq+Tw+Tc+Tr), and is
5724 prefixed with a '+' sign. From this field, we can deduce "Td", the data
5725 transmission time, by substracting other timers when valid :
5726
5727 Td = Tt - (Tq + Tw + Tc + Tr)
5728
5729 Timers with "-1" values have to be excluded from this equation. In TCP
5730 mode, "Tq" and "Tr" have to be excluded too. Note that "Tt" can never be
5731 negative.
5732
5733These timers provide precious indications on trouble causes. Since the TCP
5734protocol defines retransmit delays of 3, 6, 12... seconds, we know for sure
5735that timers close to multiples of 3s are nearly always related to lost packets
5736due to network problems (wires, negociation, congestion). Moreover, if "Tt" is
5737close to a timeout value specified in the configuration, it often means that a
5738session has been aborted on timeout.
5739
5740Most common cases :
5741
5742 - If "Tq" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
5743 client and the proxy. This is very rare on local networks but might happen
5744 when clients are on far remote networks and send large requests. It may
5745 happen that values larger than usual appear here without any network cause.
5746 Sometimes, during an attack or just after a resource starvation has ended,
5747 haproxy may accept thousands of connections in a few milliseconds. The time
5748 spent accepting these connections will inevitably slightly delay processing
5749 of other connections, and it can happen that request times in the order of
5750 a few tens of milliseconds are measured after a few thousands of new
5751 connections have been accepted at once.
5752
5753 - If "Tc" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
5754 server and the proxy during the server connection phase. This value should
5755 always be very low, such as 1 ms on local networks and less than a few tens
5756 of ms on remote networks.
5757
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005758 - If "Tr" is nearly always lower than 3000 except some rare values which seem
5759 to be the average majored by 3000, there are probably some packets lost
5760 between the proxy and the server.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005761
5762 - If "Tt" is large even for small byte counts, it generally is because
5763 neither the client nor the server decides to close the connection, for
5764 instance because both have agreed on a keep-alive connection mode. In order
5765 to solve this issue, it will be needed to specify "option httpclose" on
5766 either the frontend or the backend. If the problem persists, it means that
5767 the server ignores the "close" connection mode and expects the client to
5768 close. Then it will be required to use "option forceclose". Having the
5769 smallest possible 'Tt' is important when connection regulation is used with
5770 the "maxconn" option on the servers, since no new connection will be sent
5771 to the server until another one is released.
5772
5773Other noticeable HTTP log cases ('xx' means any value to be ignored) :
5774
5775 Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/+Tt The "option logasap" is present on the frontend and the log
5776 was emitted before the data phase. All the timers are valid
5777 except "Tt" which is shorter than reality.
5778
5779 -1/xx/xx/xx/Tt The client was not able to send a complete request in time
5780 or it aborted too early. Check the session termination flags
5781 then "timeout http-request" and "timeout client" settings.
5782
5783 Tq/-1/xx/xx/Tt It was not possible to process the request, maybe because
5784 servers were out of order, because the request was invalid
5785 or forbidden by ACL rules. Check the session termination
5786 flags.
5787
5788 Tq/Tw/-1/xx/Tt The connection could not establish on the server. Either it
5789 actively refused it or it timed out after Tt-(Tq+Tw) ms.
5790 Check the session termination flags, then check the
5791 "timeout connect" setting. Note that the tarpit action might
5792 return similar-looking patterns, with "Tw" equal to the time
5793 the client connection was maintained open.
5794
5795 Tq/Tw/Tc/-1/Tt The server has accepted the connection but did not return
5796 a complete response in time, or it closed its connexion
5797 unexpectedly after Tt-(Tq+Tw+Tc) ms. Check the session
5798 termination flags, then check the "timeout server" setting.
5799
5800
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020058018.5. Session state at disconnection
5802-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005803
5804TCP and HTTP logs provide a session termination indicator in the
5805"termination_state" field, just before the number of active connections. It is
58062-characters long in TCP mode, and is extended to 4 characters in HTTP mode,
5807each of which has a special meaning :
5808
5809 - On the first character, a code reporting the first event which caused the
5810 session to terminate :
5811
5812 C : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the client.
5813
5814 S : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the server, or the
5815 server explicitly refused it.
5816
5817 P : the session was prematurely aborted by the proxy, because of a
5818 connection limit enforcement, because a DENY filter was matched,
5819 because of a security check which detected and blocked a dangerous
5820 error in server response which might have caused information leak
5821 (eg: cacheable cookie), or because the response was processed by
5822 the proxy (redirect, stats, etc...).
5823
5824 R : a resource on the proxy has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source
5825 ports, ...). Usually, this appears during the connection phase, and
5826 system logs should contain a copy of the precise error. If this
5827 happens, it must be considered as a very serious anomaly which
5828 should be fixed as soon as possible by any means.
5829
5830 I : an internal error was identified by the proxy during a self-check.
5831 This should NEVER happen, and you are encouraged to report any log
5832 containing this, because this would almost certainly be a bug. It
5833 would be wise to preventively restart the process after such an
5834 event too, in case it would be caused by memory corruption.
5835
5836 c : the client-side timeout expired while waiting for the client to
5837 send or receive data.
5838
5839 s : the server-side timeout expired while waiting for the server to
5840 send or receive data.
5841
5842 - : normal session completion, both the client and the server closed
5843 with nothing left in the buffers.
5844
5845 - on the second character, the TCP or HTTP session state when it was closed :
5846
5847 R : th proxy was waiting for a complete, valid REQUEST from the client
5848 (HTTP mode only). Nothing was sent to any server.
5849
5850 Q : the proxy was waiting in the QUEUE for a connection slot. This can
5851 only happen when servers have a 'maxconn' parameter set. It can
5852 also happen in the global queue after a redispatch consecutive to
5853 a failed attempt to connect to a dying server. If no redispatch is
5854 reported, then no connection attempt was made to any server.
5855
5856 C : the proxy was waiting for the CONNECTION to establish on the
5857 server. The server might at most have noticed a connection attempt.
5858
5859 H : the proxy was waiting for complete, valid response HEADERS from the
5860 server (HTTP only).
5861
5862 D : the session was in the DATA phase.
5863
5864 L : the proxy was still transmitting LAST data to the client while the
5865 server had already finished. This one is very rare as it can only
5866 happen when the client dies while receiving the last packets.
5867
5868 T : the request was tarpitted. It has been held open with the client
5869 during the whole "timeout tarpit" duration or until the client
5870 closed, both of which will be reported in the "Tw" timer.
5871
5872 - : normal session completion after end of data transfer.
5873
5874 - the third character tells whether the persistence cookie was provided by
5875 the client (only in HTTP mode) :
5876
5877 N : the client provided NO cookie. This is usually the case for new
5878 visitors, so counting the number of occurrences of this flag in the
5879 logs generally indicate a valid trend for the site frequentation.
5880
5881 I : the client provided an INVALID cookie matching no known server.
5882 This might be caused by a recent configuration change, mixed
5883 cookies between HTTP/HTTPS sites, or an attack.
5884
5885 D : the client provided a cookie designating a server which was DOWN,
5886 so either "option persist" was used and the client was sent to
5887 this server, or it was not set and the client was redispatched to
5888 another server.
5889
5890 V : the client provided a valid cookie, and was sent to the associated
5891 server.
5892
5893 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
5894
5895 - the last character reports what operations were performed on the persistence
5896 cookie returned by the server (only in HTTP mode) :
5897
5898 N : NO cookie was provided by the server, and none was inserted either.
5899
5900 I : no cookie was provided by the server, and the proxy INSERTED one.
5901 Note that in "cookie insert" mode, if the server provides a cookie,
5902 it will still be overwritten and reported as "I" here.
5903
5904 P : a cookie was PROVIDED by the server and transmitted as-is.
5905
5906 R : the cookie provided by the server was REWRITTEN by the proxy, which
5907 happens in "cookie rewrite" or "cookie prefix" modes.
5908
5909 D : the cookie provided by the server was DELETED by the proxy.
5910
5911 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
5912
5913The combination of the two first flags give a lot of information about what was
5914happening when the session terminated, and why it did terminate. It can be
5915helpful to detect server saturation, network troubles, local system resource
5916starvation, attacks, etc...
5917
5918The most common termination flags combinations are indicated below. They are
5919alphabetically sorted, with the lowercase set just after the upper case for
5920easier finding and understanding.
5921
5922 Flags Reason
5923
5924 -- Normal termination.
5925
5926 CC The client aborted before the connection could be established to the
5927 server. This can happen when haproxy tries to connect to a recently
5928 dead (or unchecked) server, and the client aborts while haproxy is
5929 waiting for the server to respond or for "timeout connect" to expire.
5930
5931 CD The client unexpectedly aborted during data transfer. This can be
5932 caused by a browser crash, by an intermediate equipment between the
5933 client and haproxy which decided to actively break the connection,
5934 by network routing issues between the client and haproxy, or by a
5935 keep-alive session between the server and the client terminated first
5936 by the client.
5937
5938 cD The client did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
5939 "timeout client" delay. This is often caused by network failures on
5940 the client side, or the client simply leaving the net uncleanly.
5941
5942 CH The client aborted while waiting for the server to start responding.
5943 It might be the server taking too long to respond or the client
5944 clicking the 'Stop' button too fast.
5945
5946 cH The "timeout client" stroke while waiting for client data during a
5947 POST request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values
5948 for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized packets. It can
5949 also happen when client timeout is smaller than server timeout and
5950 the server takes too long to respond.
5951
5952 CQ The client aborted while its session was queued, waiting for a server
5953 with enough empty slots to accept it. It might be that either all the
5954 servers were saturated or that the assigned server was taking too
5955 long a time to respond.
5956
5957 CR The client aborted before sending a full HTTP request. Most likely
5958 the request was typed by hand using a telnet client, and aborted
5959 too early. The HTTP status code is likely a 400 here. Sometimes this
5960 might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection between haproxy
5961 and the client.
5962
5963 cR The "timeout http-request" stroke before the client sent a full HTTP
5964 request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values on the
5965 client side for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized
5966 packets, or by clients sending requests by hand and not typing fast
5967 enough, or forgetting to enter the empty line at the end of the
5968 request. The HTTP status code is likely a 408 here.
5969
5970 CT The client aborted while its session was tarpitted. It is important to
5971 check if this happens on valid requests, in order to be sure that no
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005972 wrong tarpit rules have been written. If a lot of them happen, it
5973 might make sense to lower the "timeout tarpit" value to something
5974 closer to the average reported "Tw" timer, in order not to consume
5975 resources for just a few attackers.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005976
5977 SC The server or an equipement between it and haproxy explicitly refused
5978 the TCP connection (the proxy received a TCP RST or an ICMP message
5979 in return). Under some circumstances, it can also be the network
5980 stack telling the proxy that the server is unreachable (eg: no route,
5981 or no ARP response on local network). When this happens in HTTP mode,
5982 the status code is likely a 502 or 503 here.
5983
5984 sC The "timeout connect" stroke before a connection to the server could
5985 complete. When this happens in HTTP mode, the status code is likely a
5986 503 or 504 here.
5987
5988 SD The connection to the server died with an error during the data
5989 transfer. This usually means that haproxy has received an RST from
5990 the server or an ICMP message from an intermediate equipment while
5991 exchanging data with the server. This can be caused by a server crash
5992 or by a network issue on an intermediate equipment.
5993
5994 sD The server did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
5995 "timeout server" setting during the data phase. This is often caused
5996 by too short timeouts on L4 equipements before the server (firewalls,
5997 load-balancers, ...), as well as keep-alive sessions maintained
5998 between the client and the server expiring first on haproxy.
5999
6000 SH The server aborted before sending its full HTTP response headers, or
6001 it crashed while processing the request. Since a server aborting at
6002 this moment is very rare, it would be wise to inspect its logs to
6003 control whether it crashed and why. The logged request may indicate a
6004 small set of faulty requests, demonstrating bugs in the application.
6005 Sometimes this might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection
6006 between haproxy and the server.
6007
6008 sH The "timeout server" stroke before the server could return its
6009 response headers. This is the most common anomaly, indicating too
6010 long transactions, probably caused by server or database saturation.
6011 The immediate workaround consists in increasing the "timeout server"
6012 setting, but it is important to keep in mind that the user experience
6013 will suffer from these long response times. The only long term
6014 solution is to fix the application.
6015
6016 sQ The session spent too much time in queue and has been expired. See
6017 the "timeout queue" and "timeout connect" settings to find out how to
6018 fix this if it happens too often. If it often happens massively in
6019 short periods, it may indicate general problems on the affected
6020 servers due to I/O or database congestion, or saturation caused by
6021 external attacks.
6022
6023 PC The proxy refused to establish a connection to the server because the
6024 process' socket limit has been reached while attempting to connect.
6025 The global "maxconn" parameter may be increased in the configuration
6026 so that it does not happen anymore. This status is very rare and
6027 might happen when the global "ulimit-n" parameter is forced by hand.
6028
6029 PH The proxy blocked the server's response, because it was invalid,
6030 incomplete, dangerous (cache control), or matched a security filter.
6031 In any case, an HTTP 502 error is sent to the client. One possible
6032 cause for this error is an invalid syntax in an HTTP header name
6033 containing unauthorized characters.
6034
6035 PR The proxy blocked the client's HTTP request, either because of an
6036 invalid HTTP syntax, in which case it returned an HTTP 400 error to
6037 the client, or because a deny filter matched, in which case it
6038 returned an HTTP 403 error.
6039
6040 PT The proxy blocked the client's request and has tarpitted its
6041 connection before returning it a 500 server error. Nothing was sent
6042 to the server. The connection was maintained open for as long as
6043 reported by the "Tw" timer field.
6044
6045 RC A local resource has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source ports)
6046 preventing the connection to the server from establishing. The error
6047 logs will tell precisely what was missing. This is very rare and can
6048 only be solved by proper system tuning.
6049
6050
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060518.6. Non-printable characters
6052-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006053
6054In order not to cause trouble to log analysis tools or terminals during log
6055consulting, non-printable characters are not sent as-is into log files, but are
6056converted to the two-digits hexadecimal representation of their ASCII code,
6057prefixed by the character '#'. The only characters that can be logged without
6058being escaped are comprised between 32 and 126 (inclusive). Obviously, the
6059escape character '#' itself is also encoded to avoid any ambiguity ("#23"). It
6060is the same for the character '"' which becomes "#22", as well as '{', '|' and
6061'}' when logging headers.
6062
6063Note that the space character (' ') is not encoded in headers, which can cause
6064issues for tools relying on space count to locate fields. A typical header
6065containing spaces is "User-Agent".
6066
6067Last, it has been observed that some syslog daemons such as syslog-ng escape
6068the quote ('"') with a backslash ('\'). The reverse operation can safely be
6069performed since no quote may appear anywhere else in the logs.
6070
6071
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060728.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
6073---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006074
6075Cookie capture simplifies the tracking a complete user session. This can be
6076achieved using the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend. Please refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006077section 4.2 for more details. Only one cookie can be captured, and the same
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006078cookie will simultaneously be checked in the request ("Cookie:" header) and in
6079the response ("Set-Cookie:" header). The respective values will be reported in
6080the HTTP logs at the "captured_request_cookie" and "captured_response_cookie"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006081locations (see section 8.2.3 about HTTP log format). When either cookie is
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006082not seen, a dash ('-') replaces the value. This way, it's easy to detect when a
6083user switches to a new session for example, because the server will reassign it
6084a new cookie. It is also possible to detect if a server unexpectedly sets a
6085wrong cookie to a client, leading to session crossing.
6086
6087 Examples :
6088 # capture the first cookie whose name starts with "ASPSESSION"
6089 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
6090
6091 # capture the first cookie whose name is exactly "vgnvisitor"
6092 capture cookie vgnvisitor= len 32
6093
6094
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060958.8. Capturing HTTP headers
6096---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006097
6098Header captures are useful to track unique request identifiers set by an upper
6099proxy, virtual host names, user-agents, POST content-length, referrers, etc. In
6100the response, one can search for information about the response length, how the
6101server asked the cache to behave, or an object location during a redirection.
6102
6103Header captures are performed using the "capture request header" and "capture
6104response header" statements in the frontend. Please consult their definition in
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006105section 4.2 for more details.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006106
6107It is possible to include both request headers and response headers at the same
6108time. Non-existant headers are logged as empty strings, and if one header
6109appears more than once, only its last occurence will be logged. Request headers
6110are grouped within braces '{' and '}' in the same order as they were declared,
6111and delimited with a vertical bar '|' without any space. Response headers
6112follow the same representation, but are displayed after a space following the
6113request headers block. These blocks are displayed just before the HTTP request
6114in the logs.
6115
6116 Example :
6117 # This instance chains to the outgoing proxy
6118 listen proxy-out
6119 mode http
6120 option httplog
6121 option logasap
6122 log global
6123 server cache1 192.168.1.1:3128
6124
6125 # log the name of the virtual server
6126 capture request header Host len 20
6127
6128 # log the amount of data uploaded during a POST
6129 capture request header Content-Length len 10
6130
6131 # log the beginning of the referrer
6132 capture request header Referer len 20
6133
6134 # server name (useful for outgoing proxies only)
6135 capture response header Server len 20
6136
6137 # logging the content-length is useful with "option logasap"
6138 capture response header Content-Length len 10
6139
6140 # log the expected cache behaviour on the response
6141 capture response header Cache-Control len 8
6142
6143 # the Via header will report the next proxy's name
6144 capture response header Via len 20
6145
6146 # log the URL location during a redirection
6147 capture response header Location len 20
6148
6149 >>> Aug 9 20:26:09 localhost \
6150 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34014 [09/Aug/2004:20:26:09] proxy-out \
6151 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/162/+162 200 +350 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6152 {fr.adserver.yahoo.co||http://fr.f416.mail.} {|864|private||} \
6153 "GET http://fr.adserver.yahoo.com/"
6154
6155 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6156 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34020 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6157 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/182/+182 200 +279 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6158 {w.ods.org||} {Formilux/0.1.8|3495|||} \
6159 "GET http://trafic.1wt.eu/ HTTP/1.1"
6160
6161 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6162 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34028 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6163 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/2/126/+128 301 +223 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6164 {www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr||http://trafic.1wt.eu/} \
6165 {Apache|230|||http://www.sytadin.} \
6166 "GET http://www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr/ HTTP/1.1"
6167
6168
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020061698.9. Examples of logs
6170---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006171
6172These are real-world examples of logs accompanied with an explanation. Some of
6173them have been made up by hand. The syslog part has been removed for better
6174reading. Their sole purpose is to explain how to decipher them.
6175
6176 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33318 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.130] px-http \
6177 px-http/srv1 6559/0/7/147/6723 200 243 - - ---- 5/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6178 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6179
6180 => long request (6.5s) entered by hand through 'telnet'. The server replied
6181 in 147 ms, and the session ended normally ('----')
6182
6183 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33319 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.149] px-http \
6184 px-http/srv1 6559/1230/7/147/6870 200 243 - - ---- 324/239/239/99/0 \
6185 0/9 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6186
6187 => Idem, but the request was queued in the global queue behind 9 other
6188 requests, and waited there for 1230 ms.
6189
6190 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.654] px-http \
6191 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6192 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
6193
6194 => request for a long data transfer. The "logasap" option was specified, so
6195 the log was produced just before transfering data. The server replied in
6196 14 ms, 243 bytes of headers were sent to the client, and total time from
6197 accept to first data byte is 30 ms.
6198
6199 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.925] px-http \
6200 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/30 502 243 - - PH-- 3/2/2/0/0 0/0 \
6201 "GET /cgi-bin/bug.cgi? HTTP/1.0"
6202
6203 => the proxy blocked a server response either because of an "rspdeny" or
6204 "rspideny" filter, or because the response was improperly formatted and
6205 not HTTP-compliant, or because it blocked sensible information which
6206 risked being cached. In this case, the response is replaced with a "502
6207 bad gateway". The flags ("PH--") tell us that it was haproxy who decided
6208 to return the 502 and not the server.
6209
6210 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34548 [15/Oct/2003:15:18:55.798] px-http \
6211 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/8490 -1 0 - - CR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6212
6213 => the client never completed its request and aborted itself ("C---") after
6214 8.5s, while the proxy was waiting for the request headers ("-R--").
6215 Nothing was sent to any server.
6216
6217 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34549 [15/Oct/2003:15:19:06.103] px-http \
6218 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/50001 408 0 - - cR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6219
6220 => The client never completed its request, which was aborted by the
6221 time-out ("c---") after 50s, while the proxy was waiting for the request
6222 headers ("-R--"). Nothing was sent to any server, but the proxy could
6223 send a 408 return code to the client.
6224
6225 >>> haproxy[18989]: 127.0.0.1:34550 [15/Oct/2003:15:24:28.312] px-tcp \
6226 px-tcp/srv1 0/0/5007 0 cD 0/0/0/0/0 0/0
6227
6228 => This log was produced with "option tcplog". The client timed out after
6229 5 seconds ("c----").
6230
6231 >>> haproxy[18989]: 10.0.0.1:34552 [15/Oct/2003:15:26:31.462] px-http \
6232 px-http/srv1 3183/-1/-1/-1/11215 503 0 - - SC-- 205/202/202/115/3 \
6233 0/0 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6234
6235 => The request took 3s to complete (probably a network problem), and the
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006236 connection to the server failed ('SC--') after 4 attempts of 2 seconds
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006237 (config says 'retries 3'), and no redispatch (otherwise we would have
6238 seen "/+3"). Status code 503 was returned to the client. There were 115
6239 connections on this server, 202 connections on this proxy, and 205 on
6240 the global process. It is possible that the server refused the
6241 connection because of too many already established.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006242
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006243
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062449. Statistics and monitoring
6245----------------------------
6246
6247It is possible to query HAProxy about its status. The most commonly used
6248mechanism is the HTTP statistics page. This page also exposes an alternative
6249CSV output format for monitoring tools. The same format is provided on the
6250Unix socket.
6251
6252
62539.1. CSV format
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006254---------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006255
Willy Tarreau7f062c42009-03-05 18:43:00 +01006256The statistics may be consulted either from the unix socket or from the HTTP
6257page. Both means provide a CSV format whose fields follow.
6258
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006259 0. pxname: proxy name
6260 1. svname: service name (FRONTEND for frontend, BACKEND for backend, any name
6261 for server)
6262 2. qcur: current queued requests
6263 3. qmax: max queued requests
6264 4. scur: current sessions
6265 5. smax: max sessions
6266 6. slim: sessions limit
6267 7. stot: total sessions
6268 8. bin: bytes in
6269 9. bout: bytes out
6270 10. dreq: denied requests
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006271 11. dresp: denied responses
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006272 12. ereq: request errors
6273 13. econ: connection errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006274 14. eresp: response errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006275 15. wretr: retries (warning)
6276 16. wredis: redispatches (warning)
6277 17. status: status (UP/DOWN/...)
6278 18. weight: server weight (server), total weight (backend)
6279 19. act: server is active (server), number of active servers (backend)
6280 20. bck: server is backup (server), number of backup servers (backend)
6281 21. chkfail: number of failed checks
6282 22. chkdown: number of UP->DOWN transitions
6283 23. lastchg: last status change (in seconds)
6284 24. downtime: total downtime (in seconds)
6285 25. qlimit: queue limit
6286 26. pid: process id (0 for first instance, 1 for second, ...)
6287 27. iid: unique proxy id
6288 28. sid: service id (unique inside a proxy)
6289 29. throttle: warm up status
6290 30. lbtot: total number of times a server was selected
6291 31. tracked: id of proxy/server if tracking is enabled
6292 32. type (0=frontend, 1=backend, 2=server)
Willy Tarreau7f062c42009-03-05 18:43:00 +01006293 33. rate (number of sessions per second over last elapsed second)
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006294
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006295
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062969.2. Unix Socket commands
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006297-------------------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006298
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006299The following commands are supported on the UNIX stats socket ; all of them
6300must be terminated by a line feed. It is important to understand that when
6301multiple haproxy processes are started on the same sockets, any process may
6302pick up the request and will output its own stats.
6303
6304show stat [<iid> <type> <sid>]
6305 Dump statistics in the CSV format. By passing <id>, <type> and <sid>, it is
6306 possible to dump only selected items :
6307 - <iid> is a proxy ID, -1 to dump everything
6308 - <type> selects the type of dumpable objects : 1 for frontends, 2 for
6309 backends, 4 for servers, -1 for everything. These values can be ORed,
6310 for example:
6311 1 + 2 = 3 -> frontend + backend.
6312 1 + 2 + 4 = 7 -> frontend + backend + server.
6313 - <sid> is a server ID, -1 to dump everything from the selected proxy.
6314
6315show info
6316 Dump info about haproxy status on current process.
6317
6318show sess
6319 Dump all known sessions. Avoid doing this on slow connections as this can
6320 be huge.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006321
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006322show errors [<iid>]
6323 Dump last known request and response errors collected by frontends and
6324 backends. If <iid> is specified, the limit the dump to errors concerning
6325 either frontend or backend whose ID is <iid>.
6326
6327 The errors which may be collected are the last request and response errors
6328 caused by protocol violations, often due to invalid characters in header
6329 names. The report precisely indicates what exact character violated the
6330 protocol. Other important information such as the exact date the error was
6331 detected, frontend and backend names, the server name (when known), the
6332 internal session ID and the source address which has initiated the session
6333 are reported too.
6334
6335 All characters are returned, and non-printable characters are encoded. The
6336 most common ones (\t = 9, \n = 10, \r = 13 and \e = 27) are encoded as one
6337 letter following a backslash. The backslash itself is encoded as '\\' to
6338 avoid confusion. Other non-printable characters are encoded '\xNN' where
6339 NN is the two-digits hexadecimal representation of the character's ASCII
6340 code.
6341
6342 Lines are prefixed with the position of their first character, starting at 0
6343 for the beginning of the buffer. At most one input line is printed per line,
6344 and large lines will be broken into multiple consecutive output lines so that
6345 the output never goes beyond 79 characters wide. It is easy to detect if a
6346 line was broken, because it will not end with '\n' and the next line's offset
6347 will be followed by a '+' sign, indicating it is a continuation of previous
6348 line.
6349
6350 Example :
6351 >>> $ echo "show errors" | socat stdio /tmp/sock1
6352 [04/Mar/2009:15:46:56.081] backend http-in (#2) : invalid response
6353 src 127.0.0.1, session #54, frontend fe-eth0 (#1), server s2 (#1)
6354 response length 213 bytes, error at position 23:
6355
6356 00000 HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
6357 00017 header/bizarre:blah\r\n
6358 00038 Location: blah\r\n
6359 00054 Long-line: this is a very long line which should b
6360 00104+ e broken into multiple lines on the output buffer,
6361 00154+ otherwise it would be too large to print in a ter
6362 00204+ minal\r\n
6363 00211 \r\n
6364
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006365 In the example above, we see that the backend "http-in" which has internal
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01006366 ID 2 has blocked an invalid response from its server s2 which has internal
6367 ID 1. The request was on session 54 initiated by source 127.0.0.1 and
6368 received by frontend fe-eth0 whose ID is 1. The total response length was
6369 213 bytes when the error was detected, and the error was at byte 23. This
6370 is the slash ('/') in header name "header/bizarre", which is not a valid
6371 HTTP character for a header name.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006372
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01006373/*
6374 * Local variables:
6375 * fill-column: 79
6376 * End:
6377 */